The Jasmine Star Show

How to Ask Questions that Get Results May 30, 2023

Welcome to an episode of the Real World, friend.

A show that I was definitely not allowed to watch when I was younger, unlike all of my friends (not bitter at all).

All of this to say, a couple of weeks ago, I announced on Instagram something incredible that happened in the business, and it was a moment that made me feel extraordinarily proud and blessed.

I signed with a speaking agency and officially became a represented public speaker.

In this episode, I’m sharing the full story with you – and it all started at a mastermind where I learned to ask the right kind of questions - the questions that get results. I’m sharing this story NOT to brag… but to provide you with the exact framework for asking questions that I learned so that you can apply it to your own business. Click >>PLAY<< to hear all about:

[02:30] How my word for the year is coming into fruition
[04:39] How I phrase questions to open up to possibilities
[06:34] Why you need to ask specific questions
[09:20] The first time JD and I impromptu met Gary Vee before his conference
[11:39] What I learned from asking Gary a question
[13:19] The epic text my mentor sent me during a recent mastermind when I was struggling to come up with a question
[19:50] How my question helped to connect me to Jay Shetty, co-founder of House of 1212 (the agency that now represents me)
[25:46] When I knew that Jay Shetty/House of 1212 was the right choice
[27:38] The exact framework I now use for asking results-driven questions that you can apply to your own business

For complete show notes, visit: jasminestar.com/podcast/episode347

How to Get the Most Profitable Leads for Your Business with Rory Vaden May 23, 2023

Ok, ok, so if you listened to my recent conversation with Rory (Episode 341: How to Discover Your Uniqueness and Gain the Recognition You Deserve), you might have asked yourself: How exactly do I make money after I do the work to build my brand?

In other words: how do I use this information to build a profitable business and not just have a shiny brand?

If that was your question, then this episode is for you, my friend. Grab a notebook or open a Google doc and get ready to furiously take notes as Rory spills the tea on what to do to use your uniqueness to serve others AND make a profit.

Click play now to hear Rory and I talk about:

[02:16] Building a Brand and Making Money
[03:06] Finding Your Brand DNA
[05:44] Creating Trademark-Worthy Frameworks
[08:14] Investing in Writing Your Own Story
[09:53] Crafting a World-Class Presentation
[15:40] Using the Power of the Pause
[21:51] Monetizing Personal Brands
[24:20] Giving Away Everything for Free (aka Rory’s content strategy)
[26:02] Monetization Strategies (you’ll want to write these down)
[30:45] The Importance of Referrals
[31:30] Generating Leads Online (hint: it’s all about the DMs)
[36:25] Selling without Pressure
[39:33] The Rule of 10 (or how to create loyal followers)
[43:39] Finding uniqueness and creating content

If you’d like to connect further with Rory and his team, visit freebrandcall.com/jasminestar to sign up for a free call. You can also follow Rory on Instagram at @roryvaden and @brandbuildersgroup and listen to his previous episode on the Jasmine Star Show about building a brand right >>HERE<<.

A little bit more about Rory:

Rory Vaden, MBA, CSP, CPAE is the New York Times bestselling author of Take the Stairs: 7 Steps to Achieving True Success and Procrastinate on Purpose: 5 Permissions to Multiply Your Time. A recognized expert in business strategy and leadership, insights have been featured in the Wall Street Journal, Forbes, CNN, Entrepreneur, Inc, on Fox News national television, and in several other major media outlets. As a world-renowned speaker, his TEDx talk has been viewed over 4 million times, he is a 2x World Champion of Public Speaking Finalist, has been called one of the top 100 leadership speakers in the world by Inc Magazine and was recently inducted into the professional speaking Hall of Fame. He is the Co-Founder of Brand Builders Group and the host of the Influential Personal Brand Podcast.
For complete show notes, visit: jasminestar.com/podcast/episode346

The Framework You Need When You Pivot with Sam Parr May 16, 2023

Have you ever found yourself in the middle of a pivot?

Perhaps you’ve ended (or are moving away) from one aspect of your business (or even your entire business) and you’re moving towards something else - but aren’t fully sure what that something else is.

You feel both confident in your decision and uncertain about what’s next … and are looking for a framework on how to navigate this “middle” season.

If you’ve been in this place - or perhaps you’re there right now - then this episode with Sam Parr is exactly what you need.

Click play right now to hear our conversation about pivoting and business building, including:

[04:34] Sam’s definition of the “messy middle” of a pivot
[05:55] The 4-way Venn diagram Sam uses to help figure out what’s next and determine product market fit
[08:00] Sam’s “research and plot” method to learning from others
[13:10] The importance of measuring risk - and how to do it
[23:30] How to figure out whether you’re in alignment with a potential life or business partner
[30:35] What counting the cost means - and how it makes a difference
[38:28] How Sam thinks about negative feedback and uses it to grow

If you want to learn more about Sam, you can follow him on Twitter or Instagram at @thesamparr. You can learn more about Hampton at joinhampton.com

For complete show notes, go to jasminestar.com/podcast/episode345

Selling without Feeling Sales-y | Interview on the Selling with Love Podcast May 09, 2023

I think this episode should come with a warning: Do not listen unless you want practical tips on how to increase your sales without sounding sales-y.

That’s right - this episode is a conversation that I had with Jason Marc Campbell on his Selling with Love podcast and it felt so practical and honest that I asked him if I could share it with you.

(Thank you, Jason!)

If you want to promote your offer but are struggling to do so in a way that feels both strategic and authentic, you’ll want to click play ASAP and hear our conversation about:

[04:59] How to get your first customers to pay you
[08:32] Why creating offers that bring your audience along with you is the key to scalable growth
[12:35] Why copywriting is one of the most important skills for success in 2023
[17:56] The importance of building systems now to create the business you want in the future
[21:04] What my word of the year means to me and how I’m putting it into practice
[24:59] How focusing on the transformation over the transaction in a sale is the key to building a business people can’t help but rave about

Click >>HERE<< for full show notes.

Turn Your Dreams into Reality: How to Avoid Dead-End Questions and Create Possibilities May 02, 2023

This episode is not what you think.

Yes, it’s practical - but it’s also real and honest and a little messy.

I get vulnerable and I share that I had a realization last year that I had subconsciously stopped sharing an inside look at my business.

If I’m honest - I stopped sharing because I felt uncertain with how I was doing things and I felt exposed. I knew I was doing things wrong, but I didn’t know how to do it right. Sharing that felt like too much.

But a few things happened in early 2023 that shifted my perspective - and I recommitted to sharing the journey - the good, bad, and ugly - with you.

In this episode, I detailed WHAT happened and the biggest takeaway I learned from it all: avoid dead end questions.

(Dead end questions are questions that lead you nowhere and get you stuck. They don’t have logical answers and use the past to prevent the future).

If you want to know more about this recent shift in my business AND learn how I’ve opened up possibilities by avoiding dead end questions (and how you can do the same), click play. You’ll hear:

[01:25] Why I stopped sharing an inside look at my business
[02:54] How sharing the journey in the past has helped me build a strong brand
[06:00] The conversation I had with JD before a mastermind that shifted my perspective
[08;24] The limiting beliefs I struggled with before attending a mastermind in January
[08:55] The vision JD and I created for our business and our family
[11:00] The mindset shift that has given me confidence to move forward
[15:52] Why JD and I decided to travel as a family with Luna this year
[16:49] What dead end questions are - and how to avoid them so you can turn your dreams into reality

For full show notes, visit jasminestar.com/podcast/episode343

What Showing Up Really Feels Like | Interview on the Made for More Podcast with Carly Meyers Apr 25, 2023

Have you ever looked at someone’s life on social media and thought “why does showing up look so easy for them… when it’s so dang hard for me?”

If so, you’re gonna want to click play on this podcast to hear the conversation that I recently had with Carly Meyers on her Made For More Podcast. We talked about what it truly feels like to show up for our businesses (hint: even when we know it’s the absolute best thing to do, it can feel hard) and how creating strategic content is one of the most important things we can do as CEOs and business owners. Of course, we also chatted about:

[02:28] How results are the key to business growth
[05:16] What to do when you’re putting in the work and not seeing the results
[09:29] The possibility of change
[14:16] How to use comparison to our advantage (hint: it has a lot to do with comparing ourselves TO ourselves)
[16:22] How I create content each month
[21:49] Whether IG or TikTok is better for sales
[29:55] The importance of dedication to your craft and your content
[30:49] The centrality of staying open and vulnerable to others
[32:01] The skills needed to become a leader and not just a business owner
[36:19] The importance of vision in planning for the future

If you need a reminder that the work of building a business is far from easy but that you CAN do it, then click play now… I think you’ll find exactly what you need.

How to Not Get Business Apr 20, 2023

I gotta admit: I was nervous to record this episode. So nervous that I actually delayed recording this for two days. My mouth felt pasty as I talked. But I knew I needed to speak my truth and share with you how to NOT get business.So if you’re ready to learn from my mistakes and save yourself a little time, heartache, pain, and resentment, click play now to hear:
- [02:32] What prompted me to record this episode
- [04:04] How I felt when I was second shooting a wedding and the photographer asked me to hand out her business cards
- [05:41] The very important lesson I learned about reputation and trust
- [08:53] My guiding rule when deciding to work with someone (*hint*: how they treat others is likely the way they will treat you)
- [13:29] The importance of clearly stating your terms and never apologizing for them
- [14:32] Why I believe your work ethic and ability will be the things that set you apart
For full show notes, visit jasminestar.com/podcast/episode341a

How to Discover Your Uniqueness and Gain the Recognition You Deserve with Rory Vaden Apr 18, 2023

When I started my career years ago, I made a promise to God that if I got to where I wanted I would always share as much as I could of the journey it took to get there. I would do this as a give back - a true testament to pave the way for others.

This podcast episode is just that - it’s a recording of a session I had with Rory Vaden, Co-Founder of the Brand Builders Group, and the work we’re doing together to define my brand even further.

It’s raw, it’s vulnerable, and it’s not all tied up in a cute bow. I cringe when I think about how awkward it is.

This episode isn’t just about me though - in fact, it’s quite the opposite. Rory breaks down a very specific framework that anyone can use as they build their business and expand their impact and influence. If you’re ready to get clear on exactly what your uniqueness is so that you can gain the recognition you deserve, grab something to take notes with and click play right now to hear:

[01:04] The importance of starting with the end in mind
[03:02] Why I’m sharing this conversation with Rory
[07:17] Why building a brand is central to building a business
[08:37] How to break through the “noise” of others doing what you do (hint: diluted focus leads to diluted results)
[11:11] How to figure out the problem you solve for others
[35:26] What uniqueness is and how to figure out yours
[45:46] Understanding the “cause” and how it relates to the problem you solve
[50:38] A summation of the framework Rory uses to help define your brand
[57:23] How to get a free call with Rory’s team to dive deep on this framework for yourself

If you’d like to connect further with Rory and his team, visit freebrandcall.com/jasminestar to sign up for a free call. You can also follow Rory on Instagram at @roryvaden and @brandbuildersgroup and listen to his previous episode on the Jasmine Star Show right >>HERE<<.

For complete show notes, visit: jasminestar.com/podcast/episode341

Mindset Changes You Can Make Today that Will Change Your Tomorrow with Megan Hyatt Miller Apr 11, 2023

When she said this phrase during our conversation, I scribbled it down as fast as I could. It was truth… with a capital T.

I know mindset is trendy and sounds like a “nice to have” in the way that extra guac is always a “nice to have” - but here’s what I’ve learned: it’s a necessity.

(So is extra guac… but I digress).

In fact, when I started focusing on my mindset several years ago, everything changed in my business and my life. If you’re intrigued by this idea of mindset and want to learn why it’s so powerful and how to get started, then I’d love to invite you to click play and listen to this conversation with Megan Hyatt Miller, CEO of Full Focus. You’ll learn:

[02:30] Megan’s story of how she overcame her fear of public speaking by learning to retell the story she had been telling herself about it
[07:44] The 3 steps you need to take to stop living a small life and start changing your mindset
[10:20] Practical guidance on how to address and move past your limiting beliefs
[16:24] How to have access to the kind of actions that will get you the results you want
[19:45] How mindset and productivity work together
[24:58] What to do when the story you’re telling yourself is holding you back but feels incredibly true
[28:11] What to do when something unexpected happens and you get knocked off track
[30:58] How to inspire others to work on their mindset
[32:24] Swipe copy you can use to encourage others, including your kids and your team.

Megan’s new book - Mind Your Mindset - is available wherever books are sold. You can access the free bonuses she mentions at the end of our conversation by going to mindyourmindset.com/jasmine. Full podcast show notes can be found at: jasminestar.com/podcast/episode340

Why hasn’t it happened yet? How to Stop Comparison in Its Tracks Apr 04, 2023

Have you ever found yourself comparing your journey or your results to someone else’s? Have asked yourself questions like: Why hasn’t it happened yet? What am I doing wrong? Why does it feel so hard?

If so: you’re not alone. It’s common to use other people’s timelines or results as a measure of what we should do or should have in a certain amount of time.

But here’s what I’ve learned about this: I have NO idea how someone got their results. None. And so to compare myself and what I have (or don’t have) is simply a waste of time, energy and focus.

Instead of asking “why not me?” I’ve learned to ask different questions - questions like “who must I become to get what I want? What must I learn to get what I want? How must I be patient to get what I want?

If you want to know my exact process for getting out of the comparison trap and staying focused on what matters, click play now to hear me share:

[00:20] The common questions that we ask when we’re comparing ourselves
[02:02] The reality of what we see v. what we don’t see
[03:42] The questions that can help us refocus and get results
[07:47] The importance of celebrating others
[08:29] “What is this all for?” - the question I asked myself a few weeks ago in yoga class and how I answered it
[10:36] How to enjoy the process, even when it’s hard
[15:16] A summary of the three-step framework I use to move out of comparison quickly

For full show notes, visit: jasminestar.com/podcast/episode339

Finding Contentment in Hard Seasons | Interview on the Powerhouse Women Podcast Mar 28, 2023

Have you ever wanted to have an honest conversation on what it looks like to find contentment as a business owner, especially when others seem to have more and do more? If so, you’re gonna want to click play right now and listen in on the conversation that I recently had with Lindsey Schwartz on the Powerhouse Women podcast.

(We also chatted about experiencing and redefining overwhelm, embracing the power of choice, and what friendship looks like for us as introverted business women who care deeply about our families and our businesses… it was one of those conversations you just don’t want to end).

For complete show notes for this episode, visit jasminestar.com/podcast/episode338.

10 Ways To Avoid Getting Stuck in Business Mar 23, 2023

Did you know that our brains are more inclined to avoid pain than work towards the thing that we want? In fact - our brains will often do everything they can to “keep us safe” from perceived discomfort or pain.

That’s right - as you’re thinking about all the things you wanna do this year and the big ways you want your business to grow, your brain is actually sending out blaring signs like “AVOID THAT. IT MIGHT BE PAINFUL.”

In this episode, I walk through the 10 sneaky messages the brain often sends us to keep us stuck - and then I share how we can actually achieve progress by doing the exact opposite of what our brains tell us.

Click PLAY now to hear:

[0:46] A short story about the time my mentor talked to Gene Kranz without knowing it - and the one lesson he learned
[02:36] Why our brains are more inclined to avoid pain than achieve progress
[3:13] 10 ways to ensure your business stays stuck in 2023
[05:03] What to do if you want to get unstuck
[05:49] 10 ways to ensure your business does NOT stay stuck in 2023
[08:07] Why we must have the courage to take action

For complete show notes, visit: jasminestar.com/podcast/episode337

Building a Wildly Successful Business (and how to show up when it’s hard) with Leila Hormozi Mar 21, 2023

Want to build a wildly successful business? Then you’re gonna want to click play on this episode with Leila Hormozi NOW and be prepared to take notes.

(I’m not kidding - this might be one of the most practical episodes you listen to all year).

Leila Hormozi is the CEO of Acquisiton.com (a $200 million portfolio company) and in this episode she walks through what she does, how she builds her teams, and what it looks like to embrace the ever-present uncomfortableness of running a business.

Intrigued? Click play now to hear:

[04:22] What Leila does as CEO of Acquistion.com
[10:43] Where business owners get stuck as they build to six figures (and how to move past it)
[13:43] Where business owners get stuck as they build to seven figures (and how to move past it)
[16:28] How to approach building a team (who do you hire first?)
[19:32] The importance of setting expectations about the company culture and work required for a role
[30:03] How Leila led her team through COVID, while asking them to work nights and weekends
[36:17] How to lead from a place of authenticity
[40:39} What led Leila to start creating content
[44:48] The mindset shift Leila chose that enables her to handle stress in a more productive way
[47:09] Why Leila actively seeks to practice things that make her uncomfortable
[49:42] What Leila learned after a piece of content went viral and wasn’t received as she intended

If you want to learn more and connect with Leila, you can find her on Instagram at @leilanhormozi.

For complete show notes, go to jasminestar.com/podcast/episode337

What’s Changing the Landscape for Business Owners: Thoughts on AI, Crypto and more with Daniel DiVenere Mar 16, 2023

If you’ve listened to the Jasmine Star Show for awhile, you may remember our Crypto Curious series in early 2022 where I - along with my favorite crypto-savvy co host Daniel DiVenere - talked about cryptocurrency, NFTs, web3 and what they could mean for business owners.

It’s been a year since our last conversation and things have changed: crypto is currently in a bear market and AI is now the darling of the tech world. I invited Daniel back on the show to have an honest conversation about how we’re thinking about crypto and ways we’ve seen business owners use AI to empower their growth.

If you’re curious about AI, crypto, or simply want to be challenged to think in different ways, click play and listen in. You’ll hear us talk about:

[00:53] The status of the crypto market
[02:09] How much crypto money Daniel lost
[03:42] Our current thoughts about the crypto space
[07:00] How we see AI being leveraged by businesses right now
[10:50] The difference between making AI your business v. incorporating some element of it into your business
[12:33] Our experiments with AI so far and how “good” we think it is in providing what we ask for
[17:55] What constraints are and how they can be used to grow your business
[19:49] Platforms we’ve seen pop up that sell constraints
[25:23] How a local business selling donuts could use DALLE-E to get better product photos
[27:40] How a business owner could use ChatGPT to write emails

How to Deal with Negative Comments Mar 14, 2023

Have you ever gotten a negative or just downright rude comment?

If you have, you know the feeling you get when you read it - it just sucks the energy straight out of you.

And then you have to decide - do I respond? And if so - how?

I was recently asked this very question - How do you respond to rude comments? - during the Q&A portion of a live speaking event.

Little did the person asking the question know that I had JUST received a negative comment that morning and had to decide if and how to respond.

I shared with this person the three-part framework I’ve developed for responding (your girl is no stranger to negative comments) and in this episode, I’m breaking it down for you.

Click play to learn:

[00:13] The behind the scenes of how I got invited to this incredible speaking event [JD said the room felt like we were in a bottle of shaken champagne!]
[04:04] The question I was asked that quieted the entire room
[04:23] The rude comment I had received on Facebook that morning
[04:51] The three-part framework I use to deal with negative comments
[06:44] Why I hope negative comments come your way
[07:23] How I actually responded to the negative comment I received that morning

For complete show notes, visit jasminestar.com/podcast/episode335.

You’re Not Stuck: How to Overcome Your Fears and Rewrite Your Identity with Lewis Howes Mar 07, 2023

We were sitting in a podcast studio in LA when he said these words:

“Healing is a journey of facing yourself consistently.”

Lewis Howes is a friend, a brilliant mind, and a living testament to how to move from a place of fear, discouragement, and stuck-ness to a place where you’re truly living in your purpose. When he said these words in this conversation about his new book (The Greatness Mindset: Unlock the Power of Your Mind and Live Your Best Life Today), I just had to pause.

He was right.

Overcoming fear and embracing your worthiness is not easy work, but it is possible work - and in this conversation, Lewis shares a process for doing so that you can begin today.

Click play now to learn:

[03:29] What to do if you feel stuck (in life, business, love, etc)
[07:00] The new contract Lewis wrote for himself that enabled him to embrace a new identity that served him - and how you can do the same
[17:33] The importance of getting mental and emotional support to do the hard work of navigating our lives and the world we live in
[22:29] How to overcome the fear of “what if this doesn’t work out?”
[26:00] The practical way Lewis acts on his fears to overcome them
[31:34] How to do the work and ask for what you want, but remain unattached to the results
[45:20] What to do with the fear of “I’m not enough”
[51:59] How to apply a different story to hard seasons

Friend, whether you doubt if you can truly get unstuck or believe you can but just need some practical steps to get there, today’s conversation with Lewis Howes is exactly what you need. Click play right now to get started.

Resources mentioned in this episode:

The Art of Asking for What You Want with Lewis Howes (Episode 5 of the Jasmine Star Show)
Recommended Resources for Therapy: Better Help, TalkSpace, Nami (specifically for those with limited financial resources) (these are NOT affiliate links)

How to Talk about Money with Your Partner and Build a Rich Life Together with Ramit Sethi Feb 28, 2023

As entrepreneurs, we’re constantly looking at our numbers - how much money did we make this month? What was our profit? Our revenue? Was that new tool/team member/course a good investment?

But when it comes to talking about the numbers with our partner, we freeze. We don’t know what to say or we don’t know how to say it… and so we avoid, we fight about the cost of tomatoes, and we get stuck in the same arguments again and again.

How do we get out of this cycle and create a life we love with our partner?

Enter this conversation with financial expert Ramit Sethi.

In this episode, he not only gives practical money advice for entrepreneurs at all stages of their business journey - he pairs this advice with scripts for how to involve your partner and have meaningful, productive conversations about money and building a rich life together.

Click PLAY now to hear:

[01:04] The 411 on Ramit’s wildly popular podcast: I Will Teach You To Be Rich
[03:22] How the way we talk about money defines the roles that it plays in our relationships
[05:38] How the Rich Life Review meeting with your partner can transform the way you think about and act towards money
[10:20] Scripts for how a brand new entrepreneur could talk to their partner about starting their business
[14:43] Scripts for how an entrepreneur could talk to their partner about they haven’t made as much money as they’d like and what to do about it
[18:59] Scripts for how an entrepreneur who has done well and been very profitable could talk to their partner about requests they’re receiving from others for loans, etc.
[19:50] How to set up your financial systems to allow for guilt-free spending
[21:50] How to navigate conversations about money during dating relationships as an entrepreneur
[24:13] Why the way you feel about money is highly uncorrelated to the amount of money you have in the bank
[27:50] What’s going on beneath the surface when you avoid money and want to abdicate responsibility for it - and what to do about it
[34:38] Why it’s important for both partners in a relationship to be involved in financial decisions
[36:27] How to connect further with Ramit

If you learn more with Ramit, you can find his I Will Teach You To Be Rich podcast >>HERE<<. His money coaching program can be found

>>HERE<< and you can follow him on instagram @ramit.

You can find complete show notes for this episode >>HERE<<.

Taking Strategic Risk in Business: How to Determine Whether a Decision is the “Right” One Feb 21, 2023

Have you ever struggled with a decision in your business? Have you ever laid in bed and thought “is this decision the right decision?”

(Ok, that was a trick question: we all have).

A few months ago, in Episode 304, JD and I shared about how we were learning to embrace uncertainty and how that played out in our life and business.

A podcast listener reached out to me after that time to share how meaningful the podcast had been to her - and then she shared her own framework for making a decision that was just so dang good, I had to share it with you. Here’s the cliff notes version of the three questions she asks herself - but you’ll want to click play to hear the full context so you can apply it to your next business decision.

Question 1: Do I have the chops to do this new thing? [04:01]

Question 2: One year from now, would I regret not giving this a shot? [04:12]

Question 3: What’s the worst that could happen if it didn’t work out? [04:27]

Building Boring Businesses, Embracing Questions, and Doing Hard Things with Codie Sanchez Feb 14, 2023

“I buy boring businesses and talk about it on the internet.” That, my friend, is how Codie Sanchez describes what she does… but I’ll deal it to you straight:, her life and business is anything BUT boring. You’ll gonna want to click play on this conversation ASAP - in just over 30 minutes we cover everything from the importance of asking questions while embracing the truth that there is no such thing as a “right” question… to how success is rarely linear… to how create content that positions you as a thought leader… and why Codie intentionally choose at least one day each year to do something so hard that the other 364 days in the year are easy by comparison. (And a whole lot more!)
Check out the full show notes with links to all resources mentioned in this episode >>HERE<<.

Behind the Scenes of a Mastermind Weekend with Amy Porterfield and Britt Seva Feb 08, 2023

If you’ve ever wanted a behind-the-scenes glimpse into what happens when business owners get together for a mastermind weekend… then this is the episode for you, my friend. You’ll want to click play ASAP to hear all about my recent getaway with Amy Porterfield and Britta Seva - I share how we structured our time together, the specific questions we asked one another, and the takeaways each of us had at the end of the weekend.

Spoiler alert: My biggest takeaway? The crystal clear plan and vision I created of how I wanted to host my very own mastermind. I resisted hosting a mastermind for years - not because I didn’t want to, but because I knew it wasn’t the right time. But I knew 2023 was going to be a big shift for me personally and professionally and that it was the right time to create something magical for other business owners… and it was such a gift to be able to get Amy and Britt’s input on how I could make it the very best experience.

If you’re interested in learning more about my six-month mastermind (focused on helping you develop lifelong friendships, grow your business, and create a standout personal brand as a service-based business owner), you can learn more at jasminestar.com/mastermind. Applications are being reviewed on a first-come, first-serve basis and the deadline to apply is February 14, 2023 at 5pm PT.

For complete show notes for this episode, >>click here<<.

You’ve Already Won: How to Let Go of What’s Not Serving You with Amy Porterfield Feb 07, 2023

Have you ever had that gut feeling that you’re not supposed to be where you are right now? That’s there’s more out there for you, but you just don’t know how to get there? Or maybe you do know how, but the pain of getting it feels like too much?

If so, you need to click play right now on this heart-to-heart conversation I recently had with Amy Porterfield where she shares candidly about her (far from easy) journey to let go of what wasn’t serving her and how you can learn to do the same. At the end of our conversation, you’ll get to learn more about Amy’s brand-new book, Two Weeks Notice, and the opportunity to get a free ticket to “The Two Weeks Notice Virtual Experience Event" (with yours truly and Jenna Kutcher). To pre-order the book and get all the details about the event, head over to twoweeksnoticebook.com.
To see the show notes for this episode, click >>here<<.

An honest reflection on the biggest lessons I learned in 2022 Jan 31, 2023

Have you ever had one of those nights where you can’t sleep and you find yourself on the floor, crying? If so, join the club. I’ve got a t-shirt for you in the garage. (jk, jk… but only kinda). I had more than one of these nights in 2022 - in fact, I had a lot of hard moments in the last 12 months. 2022 was a year of lessons for me - and I took some time to reflect and record what I learned in this episode so that you could benefit from them, too. Click play to hear some of my most honest thoughts about last year and the mindset I’m taking with me into 2023.

Why You’re Not Making Progress In Your Business Jan 24, 2023

Friend, have you ever gotten really honest with yourself and asked this question:

Why have I not made more progress in my business?

If so, you’re not alone. In fact, a jewelry designer named Tammy asked me this exact question during a recent group coaching session inside Social Curator.

She was frustrated and felt stuck - she told me, “I get really mad at myself. I have everything I need and I’m not profitable.”

I had the honor of coaching Tammy through her frustration and stuck-ness and the framework I walked her through is one that I want to share with you in this episode. It’s short, but friend - it is powerful. I truly believe that if you take the time to work through it, you’ll see the progress you’ve been hoping for.

Click play now to learn how to get unstuck and remain hopeful in the process!

How a Mastermind Changed the Trajectory of My Business (and how it can do the same for you): Part 2 Jan 19, 2023

When I look back on my career so far, the biggest spurts of growth in my business came on the back of participating in masterminds. But can I be real? These spurts of growth were hard. I often felt overwhelmed. Yet I couldn’t be more grateful for how they challenged me, pushed me, and changed me. Click >>play<< to hear my reflections on what being in masterminds has taught me… and get a sneak peek of a mastermind I’ll be hosting very soon! (Join >>the waitlist<< to learn more!)

How a Mastermind Changed the Trajectory of My Business (and how it can do the same for you): Part 1 Jan 17, 2023

Have you ever felt thankful for what you have and - at the same time - a desire for more? (But you didn’t know exactly what that “more” was?) That’s precisely how I felt in 2015… and then I discovered this thing called “a mastermind.” I applied and what happened next… well, it changed the course of my business forever. Click play to hear the full story and get a sneak peek into a very special project I’m hosting this year (hint: it may or may not be my very own mastermind). Sign up for the waitlist to my mastermind >>HERE<<.

3 Reasons Why People Get Stuck | Interview on The Aww Shift Podcast Jan 10, 2023

You know those conversations that start from the heart right away - the ones where there’s no small talk about the weather, no introduction… nothing but straight up honesty?

Friend, that’s exactly the kind of conversation I had with Anthony Trucks

on his Aww Shift podcast recently… and it was GOOD.

Click PLAY if you want to hear us talk about everything from owning the value you bring to the world to how to be ok when people reject your offer to what I hope JD and I pass on to Luna (and a whole lot more).

Map Out Your Next 3 Months in Less Than 30 Minutes Jan 03, 2023

Do you have a project you’ve always wanted to do… but you’ve never found the time to do it? If so, you’ll want to press play on this episode ASAP, because I’m going to walk you through the exact process I use to map out my goals each quarter and break them down into doable monthly, weekly, and daily assignments. I’ve used this process for years and seen the results in my business - and I can’t wait to share it with you. Press PLAY now!

The Exercise that Changed My Business | Reflections on my Experience in Stanford’s Latino Business Action Network Program Dec 27, 2022

Just a few weeks ago, I completed a business scaling program at Stanford University, and walked across the stage to receive my certificate from the Latino Business Action Network.

The program was only four months long, but it changed my life. The person I was when I entered in September was an entirely different person than when I graduated in December.

Click play to hear my reflections and learn about the powerful exercise I was asked to complete that opened a vault of truth that I hadn’t previously had the courage to open.

Understanding What It Really Looks Like to be a Founder with Bec Jones Dec 20, 2022

What does a founder’s journey REALLY look like? Is it neat and tidy or is it messy and filled with scrappy TikTok videos? Click PLAY to find out and listen to my conversation with Bec Jones, the CEO and Co-Founder of Clutch Wallet. Bec gets honest on the scrappiness of her journey to become a Founder and spills the tea on how she used TikTok to start establishing trust and credibility long before she had something to sell. Dive right in.

Embracing Uncertainty in Your Business | Interview on The Rachel Roth Show Dec 13, 2022

Have you ever talked with someone who helped you reflect on all you had learned and feel profoundly grateful for the challenges you’ve had along the way? If so, you know exactly how I felt after chatting with Rachel Roth - today I’m sharing the recent conversation we had on her podcast where we dove straight into all things business and life. (I mean, we covered it ALL: everything from the importance of defining your own success to how to overcome the crippling fear and insecurity of being a business owner to my secret method for figuring out what I don't know… and more). Click PLAY to listen in!

How To Establish Your Authority When You’re New: Flash Fire Q&A Dec 06, 2022

Few things make me happier than talking to you and answering your questions - that’s why this episode is a flash fire Q&A session where I answer listener questions in real time (with no advanced prep!) Click play to get my answers to questions like: How can I establish authority when I’m new? and How can I set and achieve big goals without working more hours? (And make sure you have a place to take notes - I’m all about giving that practical advice!)

Building Your Dream Business Using What You Have Right Now with Wes Kao Nov 29, 2022

This is the episode you’ll want to come back to when you feel defeated by what you don’t yet have in your business (more money, more employees, more support, etc). In this conversation with Wes Kao - the co-founder of the altMBA and one of the creators of the modern cohort-based education movement with Seth Godin - Wes breaks down what she does to take action in the midst of the realities of business and life. She also explains what cohort-based education is and how it can be the perfect format for creatives and entrepreneurs to share their expertise. You don’t want to miss it - click play now.

Overcoming Entrepreneurial Loneliness with Gratitude Nov 24, 2022

In this episode, I’m sharing a peek into my crazy Latino family traditions around Thanksgiving and sharing a perspective of gratefulness as an entrepreneur.

If you’re an entrepreneur, you know all too well how lonely the journey can feel at times. I’ve been purposeful in setting my mindset around gratitude in those moments. Specifically, I’m thankful for those who stand beside me in the hard moments; for those who see my flaws and imperfections and say, “It’s okay.”

Amy Porterfield is one of those friends I am most grateful for. She is hosting a week of entrepreneurial gratitude where she asked several entrepreneurs to record what we are most grateful for. I’m sharing that and more in this episode.

The Episode You Need to Get Unstuck: The Only 4 Words You Need Nov 22, 2022

In this episode I am sharing 4 words that my mentor, David, shared with me to push me out of this feeling of being stuck in business and not knowing which path to take forward.

That feeling of deep desire, grit and growth. A faceless, nameless idea or energy; this percolation that I know in my gut is more. That feeling that I know I'm ready to sprint, but I'm not quite sure if it's the right direction.

I’ve found myself in this place more than once in my entrepreneurial journey. That feeling of not knowing which direction to go but wanting to sprint there.

It’s a common feeling as a business owner and i’m guessing you may have felt it too.
Listen to this episode to hear David’s advice and his four simple words that have catapulted me forward in becoming unstuck with what’s next and how you can use it as a framework to push forward when you find yourself feeling stuck in your own business journey.

Disrupting an Industry While Simultaneously Working a 9 to 5 with Rechelle Balanzat Nov 15, 2022

This is the first time I officially met Rechelle Balanzat, which is rare for my podcast guests. But prior to our interview, I did my homework and was completely FASCINATED by what she does and how she’s reinventing and reviving a somewhat tried-and-true experience (laundry and dry cleaning) with technology.

Rechelle founded JULIETTE, a full-service laundry company that picks up, cleans and delivers clothes with a click of a button in the heart of New York City. JULIETTE clearly sits at the intersection of fashion, lifestyle, and technology and in just a few short years, it’s already a leading innovator within the industry.
I did my homework on Rechelle… and something that really resonated with me about her story was the fact that she is an Asian immigrant woman who built JULIETTE with zero funding.

Rechelle wrote in an email to me and my podcast producer:

“In 2020, VC’s invested $428M into US-based startups each day. That’s $156.2B in one year. 2.3% of that went to women. 0.2% went to women of color.”

Only .2% of US venture capital went to women of color… Clearly, the numbers were against her.

Listen as she answers how she made it work with the odds stacked against her and how she revolutionized an industry without any investors.
We break down how she went from knowing nothing about running and owning a laundry service to building a company rooted in new technology while simultaneously working her 9-5.

Can You Create Demand with Free Content? Nov 08, 2022

A lot of people say to me, “Jasmine, I got into business because I'm an entrepreneur. I'm not a content creator.” They want to know how to be successful in business without inadvertently becoming a content creator too.

I'm the daughter of an immigrant. I have bootstrapped every single company. I have paid for everything cash. I have never taken a business loan. I have never borrowed money from anybody. I don't have equity holders. I don't have stakeholders. I don't have any investments.

And so people are like, “well, okay, how did you do that?”

I did it on the back of content.

Do I think everybody needs to create content? No, not if you can pay for ads, not if you can pay to have a whole strategy team, not if you can invest in getting featured in outlets, not if you can afford paying an influencer to talk about your business or product.

If that's you, then no tea, no shade.

The way I grew up in the hood is trying to make a dollar out of 15 cents.

And so for me, content has always been the swiss army knife of my business.

In this episode, I’m going to walk you through how to strategically use content to create value for your audience and give your business massive momentum, how can you position yourself as an authority if not many people follow you and I’m going to answer what I would do if had to start all over again to get my very first sale on Instagram.

How to Build an Audience Before You Have Something to Sell | Curator Coaching Session Nov 03, 2022

Coaching business owners from all over the world is something I do every single month and is one of the things I’m most passionate about. Although we’re all at different stages of business, there’s always something we can learn from each other.

And that’s exactly what I’m sharing with you today!

In this episode, I answer the following questions from Social Curator users:

“How do I turn Instagram followers into collectors?”
“How can I sell my solution to someone who hasn’t identified they have a problem that my offer solves?”
“How can I build an audience before I have something to sell?”
“What advice would you give someone who is leaving corporate America?”

I can’t WAIT for you to hear the conversations we had in this session, so without further ado, click play now!

Social Curator is a subscription for business owners that gives them the tools to build their brand on social media, including access to:

3000+ Customizable Caption Templates
6000+ Lifestyle Photos
300+ Instagram Story Templates (customizable to fit your brand in Canva)
50+ Marketing Action Plans
Live masterclasses, group coaching and accountability inside the private Social Curator Community

Would you like to have the opportunity to be coached in YOUR business?

There’s nothing I love more than to help business owners like you build the business of your dreams, so join Social Curator today and let us help you!

Best Strategies for Getting Your First Sale on Instagram Nov 01, 2022

Are you trying to get your FIRST sale on Instagram and don’t know where to begin?!

Today’s episode is a recording from an Ask Me Anything session I hosted on Facebook, in which I answer live questions from business owners just like you, including this one.

In this conversation, we discuss:

Strategies for getting your first sale on Instagram
How to gain trust with a small audience
How to break away from self doubt
Getting clear on your ‘why’

and more.

Regardless of your industry, I know you can apply the advice I give in this episode to your business because the core of what we do as business owners is SELL.

If you’re ready to hear my best strategies for turning followers into customers and how to position yourself as an authority in your industry, click play now!

There’s few things I love more than connecting with business owners in real-time to help them create a life they love, so thank you for being here! To never miss another episode, subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show on Apple Podcasts!

Am I Doing the Right Thing? Oct 27, 2022

A few weeks ago, you may remember a podcast episode that I recorded with my husband and business partner, JD, about how to spark curiosity and grow your business.
In the episode, JD invited listeners to email him if they needed a handwritten permission slip to pursue what was on their heart.

*And boy, did y’all deliver!*

After reading dozens of emails, JD and I discovered a pattern…

The most common insecurity business owners are experiencing is about doubting whether or not they’re doing the right thing.

If you can relate, this episode is for you. So click play now!

If you enjoyed this motivational episode of the Jasmine Star Show, let me and the team know in an iTunes review! Reviews are crucial to our podcast’s success and we read every single comment, so be sure to leave yours today!

What Does Vulnerability Have to Do with Business? Oct 25, 2022

I’m so excited to share today’s podcast with you! It’s a conversation I had on the podcast Vulnerable with Christy Carlson Romano.

Christy is a former child actor and voice of Disney's Kim Possible, and her podcast is all about her having in-depth conversations with friends, celebrities, and experts discussing the good, the complicated, the beauty of being human, and what it means to be vulnerable.

In their conversation, we talked about:

The importance of not shying away from the hard situations in life
How business is like getting up every day and inviting someone to punch you in the face
How to build a brand

and more.

I sincerely LOVED talking to Christy and I’m sure you’ll love this conversation, so let’s listen in now!

If you enjoyed this interview, please subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show in order to never miss another episode!

How Much Is Your Popularity Worth? Oct 18, 2022

How much is your popularity worth in your business?!

Give me 10 minutes to change your mind about vanity metrics on social media, up-level your Instagram game, and build trust with a small audience because I have news for you:

As a business owner, profitability is WAY more important than being popular.

Because can we normalize talking about what really keeps you in business?

Spoiler Alert: It’s not your passion for what you do, why you do it, or consistently posting Reels *gasp!*

Are those things vital to your overall growth and success? Absolutely! But loving what you do doesn’t pay the bills. Making a PROFIT is what keeps you in business.

You provide a product and/or service that is valuable, needed, and WORTH paying for. It’s time to hold your head up high, be proud of what you offer, and charge accordingly, and I want to help you do just that in my course, S.O.S. Selling on Social.

Play this episode NOW, and head to https://www.startsellingonsocial.com to learn more about S.O.S. Selling on Social. But hurry–the doors close on Friday, October 21st at 5pm PT!

Can Customer Service Lead to More Sales? Oct 11, 2022

Can exceptional customer service lead to more sales?!

According to research done by Salesforce, 89% of consumers are more likely to make another purchase after a positive customer service experience.

Yes, friend, 89%!

This goes to show that customer service is one of the most important parts of business.

Great customer service:

Makes people raving fans,
Keeps them coming back, and
Encourages them to tell their friends about your business.

In this episode, I give you my top 3 tips for providing exceptional quality service to keep your customers coming back for more.

Click play NOW to hear my tactical tips!

I know you’re here because you want to get your hands dirty. I know you want to do the best you can for your clients, and I know you want to serve them well so you can get more customers for your business.

Exceptional quality service is a key tenant of making SALES for your business, and if that’s your goal, I’d love to invite you to attend my upcoming FREE class, How to Create an Instagram Sales Machine! In it, you’ll learn how to get sales pouring in from Instagram with my 5-part framework. Register now at https://www.jasminestar.com/sell and I’ll see you then!

Here’s What’s ACTUALLY Stopping You from Making Sales Oct 05, 2022

“You think 60,000 to 70,000 thoughts every single day, and 90% of those thoughts are the same thoughts as the day before.”

This quote is from an interview with NY Times best-selling author and one of the most sought-after speakers in the world, Dr. Joe Dispenza.

Can you believe that?!

This statistic completely blew my mind because it really hones in on the fact that what you thought yesterday is what’s holding you back today.

What does this have to do with sales, you wonder?

>>Our SALES depend on our MINDSET. It’s that plain and simple.<<

Your mindset is the most powerful tool you own because it is the very thing that will determine whether or not you reach your goals–whether those goals are losing 100 pounds, earning a degree, running a marathon OR building a wildly profitable business.

But what if you don’t know if you have the “right” mindset? How can you ensure that your mindset is working for you and not against you? And how can you build a courageous and resilient mindset to achieve everything you set out to?

Click play NOW, friend… We’re about to dive deep into discovering what’s really holding you back, and the top 3 misconceptions business owners have about selling on social media to ensure they don’t hold you back any longer.

If you’re ready to put in the work and start making massive shifts in your business to make the sales you deserve, attend my upcoming FREE class, How to Create an Instagram Sales Machine. In it, you’ll learn everything you need to know about how to get people buying from your business by leveraging a 5-step framework. Register at https://www.jasminestar.com/sell and I’ll see you then!

How to Build Credibility for Your Brand Sep 27, 2022

Recently, I had a conversation with Nathan Chan, CEO and founder of Foundr.

Foundr is a multi-million dollar education business that has amassed a global community of over 4 million people. We were discussing how to build credibility for your brand, and Nathan had some really fascinating insights.

Nathan’s top 3 tips for establishing credibility are:

Great ambassadors
Great design, and
A great product.

I couldn’t agree more with these tips, and I’d also like to add on 3 of my own:

Showcasing testimonials
Great customer service, and
Being consistent.

So let’s dive into my top 3 tips right now and discuss TACTICAL ways you can build credibility for your band by clicking play now!

To continue this conversation, in just 2 weeks I’ll be releasing a podcast episode that will dive DEEP into how to provide EXCEPTIONAL customer service for your clients and customers, and trust me: you don’t want to miss these game-changing tips. To be the first to know when this episode goes live, subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show. I can’t WAIT to help you continue establishing credibility for your brand!

Unlocking Your Mindset for Growth | Interview on The Rob Murgatroyd Show Sep 21, 2022

“When you decided to leave law school, what did happiness look like then… and what does happiness look like for you now?”

When Rob Murgartoyd asked me this question in a recent podcast interview, I just knew I had to share it with you.

In this conversation, Rob and I tackle:

How my background set me on the path I’m on today,
The things I’ve learned along the way on my journey towards success,
Why finding your joy usually means doing hard things you don’t want to do,

and so much more.

If you’re ready to unlock your mindset to up-level your life and business, you NEED to hear this episode.

So without further ado, click play on my interview on the Rob Murgatroyd Show now!

If you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, leave a review on Apple Podcasts! Reviews help our team get more awesome guests and continue producing the quality content you’ve come to expect. So leave a review, let us know what you think, and I can’t wait to talk to you soon!

How to Redefine Wealth and Identify Your Mission with Patrice Washington Sep 13, 2022

Struggling with defining “wealth” for yourself and your business? My guest today can help you with that!

In 2020, SUCCESS Magazine named Patrice Washington one of 12 Inspiring Black Voices in Personal Development and she continues to be consistently called on for her expertise by national media.

As an award-winning intuitive author, transformational speaker, hope-restoring coach, and conscious media personality, Patrice is committed to teaching a holistic approach to life while redefining the term “wealth” back to its original meaning, “well-being.”

And that’s exactly what we speak about in this episode!

Ready to learn the chief pillar of wealth, and how to use it to grow your business? Click play now!

Harnessing Self Doubt to Take Your Business to the Next Level with Shadé Zahrai Sep 07, 2022

I first came across Shadé’s brilliance on social media and I LOVED the content she was creating.

She shares Reels almost daily with stats and supporting sources to help people reach their goals, and it’s truly amazing!

In addition to creating incredible content online, Shadé is a best-selling author, 2x TEDx speaker and is currently doing her PhD research in peak performance.

In this episode Shadé teaches us:

The 3 mind pits that entrepreneurs fall into when it comes to achieving your goals
How self-doubt typically manifests, specifically for high-performing business owners
Her top three most effective strategies to harness self-doubt to work for you, rather than against you
How to create a realistic risk assessment for your business decisions

and more.

This was such an enlightening conversation, and I know you’ll love it. Click play now!

The Ups and Downs of Crypto: Bulling in a Bear Market Sep 01, 2022

Are you Crypto Curious? In February and March of 2022, my favorite crypto-savvy co host Daniel Di Venere and I started a series just for you.

Though we covered the basics during the series and in the corresponding checklist including relevant terms, how to create a wallet, and tips for buying and selling your first NFT, we still only scratched the surface with what there is to learn.

And since we closed out the series months ago, there are plenty of things we’d like to update you on… which is why Daniel and I decided to break out our podcasting mics!

Some of the updates we’ll discuss in this are:

Why cryptocurrency is in a ‘bear’ market
How we can use this time to our advantage
Why we should still be building web3 communities right now

And more!

Ready to hear about these important cryptocurrency updates and more? Click play now!

To dive deeper into the cryptocurrency space, download our free NFT Checklist! It will educate you on cryptocurrency and NFTs, as well as help you make an informed decision on the place these digital assets will have in the next iteration of your business. Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/nftchecklist to download it now, and start buying and selling NFTs like a pro!

3 Ways to Spark Curiosity (+ Grow Your Business!) with My Husband JD Aug 25, 2022

I’ll be honest… It's been a tough week. My husband and business partner, JD, and I had to make difficult business decisions and specifically make time for each other to reconnect.

Although my first inclination was to run and hide from it, I decided to pull out my microphone and hit ‘record’ instead.

This episode is partially a time capsule for us to document where we are in business today, and it’s also to share with you a few ways JD and I spark curiosity to keep ourselves motivated while growing Social Curator.

(It’s also an excuse to laugh, reminisce, and tell stories with my husband… and share it with you!)

Feeling like you need a little pick-me-up in your business? Click play on mine and JD’s conversation now!

And if you STILL need a pick-me-up, email JD (jd@jasminestar.com)! He’ll send the first 10 listeners who send him an email a special surprise in the mail… and it *may* be in his very own handwriting. (Yes, really!)

If you enjoyed this episode, subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show. And remember: It’ll be okay, and it’ll be better than you think.

Scaling Your Business to Serve More People | Curator Coaching Session Aug 17, 2022

Every single month, I host group coaching sessions for business owners all over the world on one aspect in their business…

And that’s exactly what you’re going to hear today!

Social Curator is a subscription for business owners that gives them the tools to build their brand on social media, including lifestyle photos, customizable caption templates, a monthly action plan, an app to schedule their posts, and a community to hold them accountable.

In this episode, I answer the following questions from Social Curator users:

“As an Academic Coach, how do I update my boss bio to target both parents & children?”
“How can I stay focused on playing the long game in growing my business but also be profitable and sustain my business now?”
“How can I scale my 1:1 service based business so I can serve more families?”
“How do you know when it's time to quit the security of a known income and make your side hustle your full-time job?”

I can’t WAIT for you to hear the conversations we had in this session, so without further ado, click play now!

Would you like to have the opportunity to be coached in YOUR business?

There’s nothing I love more than to help business owners like you build the business of your dreams, so join Social Curator today and let us help you!

6 Tips for Increasing Your Discoverability to Get More Instagram Followers Aug 11, 2022

Have you ever felt lost in the vast expanse of the internet and struggled just to keep your head above water?

I’m here to tell you that you’re not alone.

There have recently been a lot of changes on social media platforms, like Facebook, YouTube, and Instagram. And with these changes comes an undercurrent of overwhelm. If we’re being honest, as business owners these changes can seem to upheave your entire strategy and trajectory online.

But here’s the cold, hard truth: these changes will always keep coming and it will always make adjusting your approach a common and frequent occurrence.

However, the good news is that there are 6 steps you can take to improve your discoverability and grow your following. So click play to hear them NOW!

If you’re ready to take action and create content that is both engaging AND discoverable, join my upcoming free class, 7-Day Content Plan in 30 Minutes!

In this class, you’ll learn:

A step-by-step content plan that focuses on engagement (because your followers should be talking back and sharing your posts!)
My proven posting strategy to get MORE followers (a.k.a. future customers!)
How to work smarter, not harder so you have more time to do what you love

Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/7days to save your seat now, and you’ll start seeing more followers and sales in no time. I can’t wait to see you there!

Your Next 5 Sales-Driven Posts for Social Media Aug 09, 2022

I am often asked by business owners why their social media posts fall flat and don’t make sales. Can you relate?

It’s so easy to feel discouraged when you create a post and then hear crickets in response. I get it, and I’ve been there.

In fact, it was through my own discouragement that caused me to come up with an easy-to-use caption formula that is CRUCIAL to making sales for your business, as well as 5 caption categories that are guaranteed to get your audience talking back to you, as well as turning those followers into customers.

>>These are captions I KNOW get sales because they build trust, and they allow you to talk about your business in a natural and comfortable way.<<

Let’s dig into the strategy behind each caption by clicking play NOW.

If staying consistent on social media makes you feel frustrated, exhausted, and overwhelmed… You’re not flying solo. In order to make it EASY for you to post the caption categories we discussed today, I’m hosting a FREE class, 7-Day Content Plan in 30 Minutes, to help you do just that. Start being consistent NOW and register at https://www.jasminestar.com/7days!

Pivoting Your Business and Brand with Jenna Kutcher Aug 02, 2022

Are you trying to pivot your business and brand, but aren’t sure how?

Learn from the best of the best: my guest today, Jenna Kutcher, who’s just made a major pivot in her brand by way of her brand new New York Times Bestselling book, How Are You, Really.

Jenna is a born-and-raised Minnesota wife, mother, and entrepreneur who aims for two things daily: helping others wake up to life and staying in comfy pants.

In this episode, we dive into some of the most impactful lessons business owners can learn from this powerful book, as well as how writing a book of your own can either establish or shift your brand as you pivot into a new market.

Trust me when I tell you this is one of my favorite interviews to date… So without further ado, click play now!

Get Jenna Kutcher’s brand new book, How Are You Really, wherever books are sold. And if you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, leave a review on iTunes!

Selling Through Short-Form Video | Growing with Video LIVE Keynote Jul 28, 2022

Do you have a hidden talent? Mine is that I can sell ANY product or service just using social media in a mere 4 weeks…

And that’s exactly what I’m sharing with you today.

This episode is the recording from a keynote I gave at Grow with Video Live, Sean Cannell’s live event where creators actually did the WORK to take their YouTube channels and businesses to the next level.

In this keynote, you’ll learn:

Why perfection is just procrastination in disguise,
How to make sales with short-form video platforms like Instagram Reels, YouTube Shorts, and TikToks,
Tips for sharing your value and expertise on social media, and
How I created a 4-week promotional launch plan with short-form video.

Click play to listen NOW!

If after that presentation you’re feeling inspired to use short-form video to promote your product or service, we can help! Reels are such a POWERFUL way to grow your business, which is why our team created an Instagram Reels Guide + Checklist so you know exactly how to record, edit, and post your first Reel like you’ve been doing it from day one. You can download it for FREE at https://www.jasminestar.com/reels and I can’t WAIT to see how you use short-form video in your own promotional strategy.

Get Ahead of the Curve: Create THIS for Your Business Jul 26, 2022

There has NEVER been a better time to own a business, and more specifically, to be a digital creator. *There, I said it!*

If you’re looking for the next best thing to create in your business, I have just what you need in this episode with Alycia Chapman of the Tapping Into Crypto podcast!

In this conversation, we discuss:

Whether NFTs are the right tool for coaches and creators
Being part of the incredible MyBFF community
What my current strategy is
What I wished I knew before I started in the crypto space
and a whole lot more!

Ready to dive in? Click play now!

If you’re Crypto Curious and want to learn more about taking your business to Web3, I’ll help you get started in my NFT Checklist! In this workbook and corresponding podcast episodes, you’ll learn the basics of cryptocurrency, what a “blockchain” is, how Bitcoin and Ethereum work, and, ultimately, how to buy (and sell) your first NFT. Download it here: https://www.jasminestar.com/nftchecklist

The Power of Turning Procrastination Into Productivity Jul 21, 2022

Buckle up, because I’m about to deliver a dose of real-talk-meets-loving-kick-in-the-pants-meets-inspiration to help you chase your wildest dreams.

*I can’t help it… I just want to see you succeed too dang much!*

Recently, I was on a coaching session with business owners in Social Curator, and I got this question from Amanda: “Where do I start? I feel overwhelmed, and have no idea how to do it.”

Have you been there? Are you there right now? Can you relate to her feelings of overwhelm, frustration, and anxiety?

If you’ve ever been where Amanda is, I’m going to tell you exactly how to turn your dream into a reality by transforming your procrastination into productivity.

What are you waiting for?! Click play NOW!

Are you ready to take one step forward in your business today? I have just the way you can do it: by starting a 14-day FREE trial of Social Curator, which includes EVERYTHING you need to up-level your social media marketing. Start your trial today at https://www.socialcurator.com/trial and I can’t wait to see how you start making your dreams come true!

Instagram’s Feed Update (And How it Affects Your Marketing Strategy!) Jul 19, 2022

There’s just one element of social media that you can always count on, and it’s this: Social media never stays the same. You know it, and I know it!

It can be easy to feel discouraged that your strategy constantly needs to evolve and adapt to different platform updates, but the reality is that these updates are good for your business.

It’s this constant evolution that keeps users interested, on the platform, and provides you with additional ways for your content to be seen.

The algorithm is NOT out to get you, and Instagram is constantly making improvements to benefit their Creators and business owners alike, like:

Increasing the time Reels can be from 60 to 90 seconds,
The establishment of three feed views,
and more.

In this episode we’ll discuss each of these Feed views and their differences, as well as how this affects your marketing strategy. Click play NOW!

My brand new 5 Day Instagram Challenge for More Followers and Sales is happening right NOW, and if you’re interested in keeping your marketing sharp, it has your name written all over it.

In this Challenge, you’ll get everything you need to start seeing massive growth in less than a week–including customizable caption templates, an app to schedule your posts, and a free micro Instagram course to ensure you get results.

Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/instagramchallenge to register now and you’ll start seeing more followers and sales in no time!

Sonia Thompson Gives Me Tips + Scripts on How to Be A Diversity Ally Jul 14, 2022

What is the impact of representation – and conversely not seeing yourself represented in the visual imagery you see?
What is the downside to your brand of participating in events that aren’t diverse and representative?
How can business owners exercise their influence and power to increase diversity and inclusion?

These questions and more will be answered in today’s episode.

My guest today, Sonia Thompson is an inclusive marketing strategist, consultant, coach, and speaker that helps businesses attract and retain diverse customers and talent.

I couldn’t think of a better person to tackle this topic with me, educate all of us about the how and why of diversifying conference speaker lineups and brand partnerships… and what each of us can do within our industry.
Click play now, and if this is as important to you as it is to me, check out the Black Speakers Collective that Sonia mentioned in this episode at https://blackspeakerscollection.pory.app/

Maximize Your Content Creation Time While Balancing A 9-5 Job Jul 12, 2022

Today you’re getting a glimpse of what group coaching sessions inside our private Social Curator Community are like because in this episode, I’m given the opportunity to work with business owners on one aspect of their business.

No matter what industry you’re in, I know you’ll learn something from our conversation.

In this episode, I answer the following questions:

How can I structure content creation sessions to maximize time when I'm still working a full time job?
How do you temper the fire you have inside when you know you have so many lives to change but you feel like you can’t get the reach to touch those lives?
How do I make sure my niche is specific enough? How can I tweak my offering to be her exact solution?
What’s the best way to prep your audience for a launch or giveaway so that they’re more engaged and eager to share?
What is the one area you think new business owners should focus on to gain the biggest ground? Podcast/ blog Content, Delegating tasks, social media visibility…?

Ready to hear my advice to help grow your business and maximize your time? Click play NOW!

If you enjoyed this inside look at Social Curator coaching sessions, start a Social Curator FREE trial. With resources that make posting on social media simple and ongoing education to keep your marketing game sharp, Social Curator is like a digital marketing agency in your pocket. Head to https://www.socialcurator.com/trial to try it out risk-free!

This is The Real Reason You're Not Being Productive with Rory Vaden Jul 07, 2022

My guest today, Rory Vaden, filmed a Ted Talk on how to multiply time which has over 4.4 MILLION views on YouTube, and he opened the conversation with this:

How is it that we have more tips and tricks, tools and technology, calendars and checklists than ever before, and yet, we still always seem to be behind?
How is it that we work longer hours, we’re moving faster than we’ve ever moved in history, and yet we never seem to be caught up?
How is it that we know more about time management today, and yet stress is at an all-time high?

This ties into the first sentence of his book Procrastination on Purpose that I LOVE. It says “Everything you know about time management is wrong.”

In this conversation, Rory explains the biggest myth people in the world today have in their understanding of time-management, and how your efficiency and productivity affects your brand.

Ready to dive in? Click play now!

If you’re interested in exploring how your brand can improve with Rory’s help, head to https://freebrandcall.com/jasminestar/ to book your free brand call today!

How to Host a Free Class That Turns Followers Into Customers Jul 05, 2022

When I created my first social media marketing course in 2016, I was so proud of the work I had done but had no idea how to get the content into the hands of my Ideal Client.

For weeks, I racked my brain and scribbled notes on cocktail napkins while brainstorming over tapas with my husband, JD.

Finally, it hit me: I needed to give my audience a sneak peek of what I taught in my digital course to show them the value of it.

That day, I decided to host a free virtual class teaching a brief overview of one of the lessons in my course and at the end of it, I informed them that they could dive even deeper into what they learned by purchasing my digital course.

After I ended the call and excitedly watched hundreds of course purchases roll in, I knew I had unlocked a new way of marketing my business: a live launch.

Since that Hail Mary moment, we’ve used the same method over a dozen times to market Social Curator and we’ve seen this method pay off time and time again, which is why in this episode, I’ll teach you how to create a live launch of your own.

Before we dive in, download the corresponding workbook at https://www.jasminestar.com/launchlive. It will help you implement what you’re learning.

Got it? Ok, click play NOW!

Your First 9 Posts on Social Media Jun 30, 2022

Based on the title of this podcast, you’re probably thinking I’m about to give you the Holy Grail of a content strategy.

And although this episode is EXTREMELY tactical, I’ll be honest… Your first 9 posts on social media don’t matter as much as you think they do.

Yes, you read that right!

If you’re feeling stuck after starting a new Instagram account for your business or are finding yourself in a season of analysis paralysis, buckle in and get ready to take notes.

In this class, we’ll chat about:

What to post when you start a new social media account
How to remain consistent after you start, and
What types of posts you should be creating to attract your dream customer.

I also took the time to answer questions from the live audience, so you’re in for a real treat with this one! Listen in now.

Of course, everyone needs to start somewhere, and this is your day to get out and make it happen. If you’re ready to start showing up for your business in big ways, download our FREE Social Media Marketing Guide! Snag it >>HERE<< and start building the business you’ve always dreamed of.

How to Get Paid to Talk About Brands You Love: Affiliate Marketing 101 Jun 28, 2022

I’m about to admit something a liiiiittle embarrassing… For years, I was totally against affiliate marketing in my business.

I always respected influencers who made money posting links to their outfits, doing sponsored posts, and asking their audience to check out their favorite brand of coffee, but I never felt like it was for me…

…That is, until I discovered Amazon Affiliate Marketing.

I loved it so much that in the beginning of 2022, Social Curator launched our first Affiliate program to give our users a chance to earn money for telling their friends about our platform.

Whether you’re considering becoming an influencer or would just like to add another revenue for your business, affiliate marketing is a great way to share things you use every day AND make a little money, too.

If you’re wondering how to get started, how to promote your link, and some quick tips to ensure you’re making the most you can as an Affiliate, this episode is for you!

Click play for the 4-1-1 about all things affiliate marketing (which, truth be told, is what I wish someone had given me!)

As you can probably tell, I’m SO passionate about business owners getting paid to talk about brands they love and believe in. That’s why I was so excited to launch the Social Curator Affiliate program earlier this year!

If you love helping small businesses, you dig Social Curator, and you’re a fan of creating sales for yourself and others, you’re a perfect fit to become a Social Curator Affiliate. There’s absolutely no limit to how much you can earn as an Affiliate, and it’s so easy to get started! Head to http://www.socialcurator.com/affiliate to sign up today!

How to Identify Your Life's Mission with Lisa Bilyeu Jun 23, 2022

My guest today, Lisa Bilyeu, co-founded Quest Nutrition, which grew 57,000 percent in its first 3 years, was ranked No.2 on the Inc 5000 and sold in 2014 for $1 billion.

Lisa un-paused her life to co-found a billion-dollar company in just 5 years… and later became a leader in the world of personal development. This is her story!

In this conversation, we discuss:

How you (yes, you!) can become radically confident in all aspects of your life
The first steps to identifying your life’s mission and why it matters
What important decisions you have the ability to make in your daily life

and more.

Ready to dive in? Click play on my interview with Lisa Bilyeu now!

If you enjoyed this conversation, connect with Lisa on Instagram @lisabilyeu and read her new book Radical Confidence, because it really is the kind of book you dog-ear pages of, underline sentences, break out the highlighter in, and fill with sticky notes.

Should You Really Post That? Flash Fire Q+A Jun 21, 2022

Y’all, I have been giving advice and sharing my opinions for as long as I can remember. In fact, I have distinct memories of having opinions ABOUT opinions as young as 7 years old!

The point is: when business owners ask me questions about how to grow their business, I’m more than happy to give you advice.

And that’s exactly what I’m doing today!

In this Q+A, I answer the following questions from business owners like you:

“You talk a lot about just being brave and putting content out there, especially at the start with stories that disappear in 24 hours or Facebook lives that no one is really watching yet. I wonder if you could also address some caution points. Things that we would want to pause before putting out there for content because it might cause regret later in the digital footprint.”
“What are some of your favorite podcasts?”
“As a mom of 3 beautiful daughters, I want to know: what do you want to pass to your daughter? What do you want her to model from you?”
“How do your friends/ family deal with your social media success? Are they apprehensive about you being around, in fear of posting their face online?”

Prior to this recording, I hadn’t seen these questions or planned out my responses, so you’re about to hear my raw, unfiltered advice. Click play now!

Thank you so much for listening to another episode of the Jasmine Star Show. Make sure you don’t miss another one by subscribing to the podcast on iTunes! It seems like such a small act, but it truly means the world to me and my team.

How to Create Community Around Your Business: Live from VeeCon Jun 16, 2022

Have you ever wished you could create a community around what you do?

Whether you’re a product-based business owner, provide a service, fancy yourself an Influencer, run a non-profit, or do a myriad of other things, you deserve a community of people who rally around your business.

This community will lift you up, support you financially, and most importantly they’ll cheer you on in every iteration of your business.

In this episode, Daniel will walk you through the following steps to create a community on the block chain, or a DAO (Decentralized Autonomous Organization):

Brainstorm your mission
Create a Metamask wallet (you can learn how to do this >>HERE<<)
Head to Aragon.org to create your DAO
Choose the name of your DAO
Configure your voting settings
Name your governance token
Provide a list of wallets that initially would like to be apart of the DAO to distribute your governance tokens to

Plus, we recorded this conversation LIVE from Gary Vaynerchuk’s exclusive conference for VeeFriends holders, VeeCon. So you’ll also hear a sneak peek at the speaker lineup, what Daniel and I were excited to learn, and our biggest takeaways so far.

Ready to dig deeper? Click play now!

To start at the beginning of mine and Daniel’s Crypto Conversations, download our free NFT Checklist! It will walk you through what you’re learning in each episode of the series, as well as give you a place to take notes and keep track of buying your first NFT. Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/nftchecklist to download it now, and learn everything you need to know!

Alternative Ways to Fundraise Your Business: Live from VeeCon Jun 15, 2022

You’re missing out on a massive business opportunity that can possibly be game-changing for your business… and it’s called a DAO (Decentralized Autonomous Organization).

If your eyes just glazed over like mine did the first time I heard this term, don’t worry. That’s what my partner-in-crime Daniel Di Venere is for!

In this episode, Daniel explains everything we both need to know about DAOs, including:

If DAOs are an alternative way to raise fundraising for your company
How to host your own DAO on the blockchain
Why DAOs are important to small, medium, and large businesses alike
How these organizations fit into web3 and what we learned previously in Crypto Curious

and more.

Plus, we recorded this conversation LIVE from Gary Vaynerchuk’s exclusive conference for VeeFriends holders, VeeCon. So you’ll also hear a sneak peek at the speaker lineup, what Daniel and I were excited to learn, and our biggest takeaways so far.

Without further ado, click play now!

To start at the beginning of mine and Daniel’s Crypto Conversations, download our free NFT Checklist! It will walk you through what you’re learning in each episode of the series, as well as give you a place to take notes and keep track of buying your first NFT. Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/nftchecklist to download it now, and learn everything you need to know!

Does Imposter Syndrome Ever Go Away? | Curator Coaching Session Jun 14, 2022

As you may know, coaching business owners is one of the most fulfilling elements of what I do.

I go Live on Instagram and Facebook every week answering your questions, host group coaching sessions inside the private Social Curator community… heck, I coach friends, family, and colleagues that don’t even ASK for my advice!

Today’s episode is one such coaching session in which I answer the following questions:

“I started a podcast last Fall and I really enjoy it, but how do I find my Ideal Client on the airwaves?”
“Does the feeling of ‘who am I to run this business’ ever go away?”
“I have a brick & mortar spa and an online ecommerce store that I'm building. How do I balance posting about both?”

I’m so excited for you to hear their questions on everything from growing a podcast to overcoming imposter syndrome, so let’s jump right in by clicking play!

If you enjoyed this podcast episode, please rate the Jasmine Star Show on iTunes! I know it seems like a very small act, but it really does make a HUGE difference to me and the team.

THIS Was The Most Difficult Day As A Business Owner Jun 10, 2022

It’s the 5 year anniversary of Social Curator, and our team is reflecting on how wonderfully unexpected, incredibly fun, and wildly exciting our journey has been.

To document this momentous occasion, I sat down with Kristi, Podcast Producer and Content Creator, to record an episode for the Jasmine Star Show about just how far we’ve come!

Press play if you want to get the inside scoop on…

How the name “Social Curator” came about (spoiler alert: JD and I did NOT think of it!)
Why and how our business evolved from a membership to a subscription (and what you can learn from our experience)
The good, the bad, and the straight up cringe-worthy “rock bottom” moments of the last 5 years

and more.

To all of the past, present, and future users in Social Curator: from the bottom of our hearts, all of us on the Social Curator Team want to say THANK YOU. Without you, there would be no Social Curator, and we appreciate you more than we can say. To see what the hype is all about for yourself, start your FREE trial at https://www.socialcurator.com/trial.

Releasing My Money Story: A Powerful Inner Voice Session with Jess Lively Jun 09, 2022

In this episode we’re welcoming Jess Lively, an incredible woman and friend of mine, back onto the podcast.

Just a few weeks ago on a previous episode of the podcast, she taught us about how to use our inner voice to make intuition-led business decisions, and the best ways to tap into our subconscious and use it to guide us in life and business.

After we finished recording, Jess offered to come back onto the Jasmine Star Show and give me an “Inner Voice Session, which allow you to live as your inner voice and receive deep inner guidance on all aspects of your life in a single session.

Of course, Jess explains the process in more detail during our conversation, but basically: it’s an opportunity for me to open up and allow myself to be vulnerable as she walks me through how to listen to my intuition and, most importantly, so YOU can learn how to do this yourself.

This was an extremely powerful session in which I released my money story and I can’t wait for you to hear it. So without further ado, click play now!

If you enjoyed this episode, join FREE Living Room Inner Voice Sessions through Jess’s foundation at https://jesslively.com/thelivingroom/. Or, you can invest in a private Inner Voice Facilitator at https://jesslively.com/findafacilitator/.

I can’t wait to see how this work transforms your life just as it has mine!

Is Perfectionism Holding You Back? Jun 07, 2022

Is perfectionism holding you back? If so, my recent interview on the Real Estate InvestHER Podcast is PERFECT for you.

In it, I break down:

The power of storytelling and how it is used to build connections
Why we should move in spite of fear
How to establish authenticity when the fear of vulnerability or judgment gets in the way
Why perfectionism is the root cause of many business owner’s tendencies to procrastinate

I loved this interview and I’m sure you will too, so without further ado, let’s listen in to my conversation on Real Estate InvestHER now!

Thank you so much for tuning in to another episode of the Jasmine Star Show today. I’m thrilled you took the time in your day to spend it with us, and we hope you’ll subscribe to the show to never miss another episode!

3 Tools You Need to Up-level Your Productivity + Success with Julie Solomon Jun 02, 2022

You may know my guest today, Julie Solomon, as a Speaker, Business Coach, and Host of the top rated The Influencer Podcast.

Her brand NEW book, Get What You Want: How to Go From Unseen to Unstoppable, teaches you how to shake off outdated ideas of what is possible and use your newfound belief to make anything you want happen.

Julie has launched several successful online programs including Pitch It Perfect, The Influencer Academy, and SHINE Mastermind, which teach clients how to master the skill sets needed to take a personal brand idea and turn it into a profitable, sustainable.

In this conversation, Julie and I discuss why Awareness, Acceptance and Action are the most important tools for upleveling your productivity and lead to success in all areas of life.

These are truly 3 tools you need for freedom, so without further ado, click play now!

Get Julie’s book, Get What You Want: How to Go From Unseen to Unstoppable, at https://join.juliesolomon.net/getwhatyouwant/.

Step-by-Step: When to Raise Your Prices May 31, 2022

When is it time to raise your prices?

If you’re asking this age-old question, you’ve already conquered the most difficult part: realizing you need to raise them in the first place!

In this episode, you’ll hear the story of how I’ve raised my prices over the years, and my best tips for you to do the same.

I know raising your prices can be scary, but use it to your advantage, friend. Fear helps you dream bigger and better dreams, and propels you forward to be the best business owner you can be.

If you enjoyed this episode, share it with a friend! We’re all just out here trying to build our businesses, get paid to do what we love, provide value for our clients and customers, and create a life we love, and I bet they’d love to hear they’re not alone. So go ahead and share it with them now!

Ed Mylett Explains How to Transform Your Mindset May 26, 2022

Have you ever considered that we’re all just one day, one moment, and one decision away from a completely different life?

My guest today, Ed Mylett, is a highly successful entrepreneur who has blended his unique experiences with a diverse set of practical strategies that have made him one of the most sought-after inspirational speakers in the world today.

With a strong desire to help people, Ed began sharing his inspirational and performance strategies live and online.

In four short years, he amassed more than two million Instagram followers, wrote a best-selling book, and launched a popular weekly podcast, The Ed Mylett Show. Plus, he’s spoken to millions of people as a keynote speaker!

I’m honored to consider Ed a friend and to welcome him to my home to record this podcast today to discuss the power of one more to transform your mindset.

Click play now!

If you enjoyed this episode, connect with me and Ed online and let us know what you thought! We’d love to hear from you @edmylett and @jasminestar

Order Ed’s new book, The Power of One More, at https://thepowerofonemore.com/.

What A Millionaire's Daily Routine ACTUALLY Looks Like May 24, 2022

I’m often asked what my routines look like, how I get everything done, what a typical work week entails for me and my team, and more.

That’s why I decided to record clips each day this week for you to hear what I’m up to!

My hope is that you’ll learn what it’s really like to run a multi-7 figure business, work with a team of over 20 employees, and create content all while being the best wife and mom I could be.

You’ll hear the ups and downs of my week, as well as lessons I’m learning along the way. This episode is real life and unscripted y’all, so I hope you enjoy listening to my “messy middle” as it unfolds in real time. Click play now!

If you enjoyed this episode, share about it on social media! There’s nothing I love more than connecting with business owners like you, so if you’d screenshot this episode and share it on your Instagram Story, I’d be forever grateful. And please tag me @jasminestar so I can personally thank you!

You WILL Be "Too Much"... And That's Your Superpower May 19, 2022

They WILL say you’re too old/young/rich/poor/Black/Brown/White/dumb/smart. You’ll always be “too” something. Too much, too little.

So often we stop our growth for fear of what others will say.

We hide our light to make other people comfortable.
We speak softly, stand in shadows, and play it down with subconscious hopes that our enough-ness won’t highlight someone else’s insecurities.

But by doing so, we live a half-life of what we could do, who we could become.

This episode is a recording from an Instagram Live in which I share my perspective, answer questions, do a live coaching session, and share what I learned in hopes that someone (hopefully YOU) will get 1% stronger to step into their power. Ready? Click play now!

If you were motivated by this episode, let me know in an iTunes review! Until next time, I hope you own your magic and know you’re enough.

Don’t let their doubts hold you down.

How Self-Made Entrepreneur Brit Morin is Paving the Way for Millions of Women May 18, 2022

Do you believe you are a creative, capable, and courageous human being?

My guest today, Brit Morin, believes you are… and she’s on a mission to pave the way for millions of women to believe it too.

Brit is a serial entrepreneur and venture capitalist. She’s the founder and managing partner of Offline Ventures, an early stage technology fund and incubator that seeks to create companies that make our offline lives better.

She’s also the founder of BFF, an open access community to help more women and nonbinary people get educated, connected and rewarded in all things crypto and web3.

Further, she’s the founder of Brit + Co, a modern lifestyle and education company providing classes, content, products and experiences geared towards women with a creative spirit and a do-it-herself attitude.

In this episode, we chat about alllllll of the things that makes Brit an incredible business owner, podcaster, co-founder, author, and leader in the cryptocurrency space. Ready to dive in? Click play now!

If you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, connect with me @jasminestar and Brit @brit on Instagram and tell us what you thought!

How YOU Can Get Venture Capital for Your Startup with Jaclyn Johnson May 17, 2022

Do you wish you had someone to teach you about investing, funding a startup, or becoming an angel investor yourself?

If so, my guest today, Jaclyn Johnson, is going to teach you tactical ways in which women can reach financial success through investing.

Her latest endeavor, New Money Ventures, is a venture capital firm and brand studio on a mission to fund and build the next generation of game-changing, female-led companies.

I can’t wait for you to hear how Jaclyn is rewriting the traditional venture capital playbook for a new generation of entrepreneurs, so be sure to click play now!

If you enjoyed our conversation as much as I did, screenshot this episode and share it to your Instagram Story and tag us @jasminestar and @jaclynrjohnson! We’d love to hear what you think about our conversation, and we can’t wait to see how you change the world with your brilliance after hearing Jaclyn’s insights.

Statistically Speaking, You're NOT Behind May 12, 2022

“It's too late,”
“I'm too old,”
“There are so many young entrepreneurs, I could never compete with them.”
“I can’t keep up with the trends.”
“I’m not technologically savvy.”

Have you ever thought something similar?

Let me share with you 3 major takeaways from the 2.7 million startups in a recent study on Inc.com:

It’s never too late to start a business, ever.
The study showed that a start-up founder who is 50 years old is twice as likely to start an extremely successful business than a 30 year old.
Experience is better than youth. The more experience you accumulate in life, the smarter decisions you make.

This isn't a hypothesis, yo… Statistically speaking, you’re NOT behind. And in this episode, I’ll prove it to you! Click play now.

If you needed to hear this message today, I’d love to hear your thoughts in an iTunes review. My goal is to give you the tools you need to grow your business, and that includes helping you cultivate the MINDSET you need to believe your dreams are possible… Because they ARE possible, my friend, and I will continue shouting it from the rooftops until you believe it, too.

How Many Social Media Platforms Should You Be On? | Curator Coaching Session May 10, 2022

Are you wondering how many social media platforms are realistic for you to be creating content for your business?

If so, you’ve come to the right place!

In this episode, I have the honor of coaching incredible small business owners in my social media subscription, Social Curator, on an aspect of their business.

And boy, did they bring the heat!

You’ll hear my tactical advice on:

Offering multiple services under the same brand
Running two social media accounts at once
Why our platforms always tend to attract industry peers instead of ideal clients
and more.

I know that no matter what industry you’re in, you’re going to take away something tangible from this episode to apply in your business, so without further ado, click play now!

P.S. - There’s nothing I love more than networking, collaboration, and building businesses TOGETHER… so feel free to connect with me @jasminestar and the business owners featured in today’s episode on your favorite platform!

Mastering SEO to Get More Website Traffic with Anna Baun May 05, 2022

Do you want to MASTER Search Engine Optimization (SEO) to get more website traffic and more SALES for your business?

If so, you’re in the right place because today I’m joined by the wonderful Anna Baun of her successful brand, A Lily Love Affair!

Anna has grown her blog revenue from nearly nothing to 5-figures or more per month, her unique site visitors by 1005%, increased her affiliate sales by 431% and her email subscribers by 512% - and growing.

With her brand now functioning on autopilot from teaching herself the practice of SEO (Search Engine Optimization), Anna has not only walked away from her corporate career, but nearly doubled her former six-figure income.

Today, you’re going to hear from Anna how to leverage your website’s SEO to secure your financial future and I just can’t WAIT for this conversation… So without further ado, click play!

If you enjoyed this episode today, please DM me and Anna on Instagram @jasminestar and @annabaun to let us know! We’d love to hear from you.

Crypto Conversations: Birthday NFTs, VeeCon + BFF Mint May 04, 2022

If you followed along with our Crypto Curious series in February and March 2022, you know that me and my favorite crypto-savvy co host Daniel Di Venere *love* nerding out about NFTs.

And since we closed out the series just a few weeks ago, there are plenty of things we’d like to update you on… which is why Daniel and I decided to break out our podcasting mics for this off-the-cuff bonus episode!

This is the start of Crypto Conversations, a periodic series in which Daniel and I invite you to listen in on our candid chats regarding NFT updates, news in the cryptocurrency space, and more.

Some of the updates we’ll discuss in this are:

Jasmine’s “birthday NFT” personally minted by Daniel (check out the show notes for a picture!)
How Daniel was able to purchase a ticket to VeeCon (and lost money along the way)
The recent BFF Mint and why it’s significant

And more!

Ready to hear about these important NFT updates and more? Click play now!

To dive deeper into the cryptocurrency space, download our free NFT Checklist! It will educate you on cryptocurrency and NFTs, as well as help you make an informed decision on the place these digital assets will have in the next iteration of your business. Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/nftchecklist to download it now, and start buying and selling NFTs like a pro!

Improving Your Self Awareness for Business Growth May 03, 2022

I’m just going to say it: I believe that self awareness is the fuel your business needs to be successful.

Without self awareness, you won’t be able to reach the goals you’ve set, impact the amount of lives you want to, or make the amount of money you want to.

That’s why I’m excited to share with you a conversation I had on the Callie Ammons Show about this topic, because I truly believe it’s important for business owners to understand.

In this interview, Callie and I discuss:

How to live with deeper self awareness
Why it’s important, and
How my approach to life keeps me growing day by day.

I LOVED this conversation, so many thanks to Callie Ammons for allowing us to share it with you.

I’m sure you’ll learn a lot about what it looks like to live with a level of self awareness that fuels your business, so click play now!

To be “in the know” for all things on the podcast and to hear more conversations like this, subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show today!

How to Stay Ahead of the Curve in Your Marketing Apr 28, 2022

Have you ever worried about staying relevant in your industry?

I’ve been there.

Sometimes as business owners, we get into routines in our content creation and our marketing. It’s “just the way we do it,” and we don’t consider changing… but friend, that is DETRIMENTAL to our business, even if it feels safe.

In order to stay relevant and continue making the max amount of sales for your business, you need to embrace the “next big thing.”

It’s never too late to learn something new or jump on a trend. So if you’re ready to take ACTION, I’m here to help…

In this episode, I’m giving you 3 ways to stay ahead of the curve in your marketing, to ensure you’re keeping up with your industry peers and creating content that’s relevant, relatable, and searchable. So click play now!

Now of course, with these tips come more things on your to-do list… but I’m not one to tell you what to do without giving you a resource to make it easier. That’s why in Social Curator, we research trending Reel audio FOR you!

And right now, we’re offering 50% off your first month or $100 off your first year, but the sale expires THIS Friday, April 29th at 5pm! So join Social Curator TODAY at https://www.socialcurator.com/join to take advantage of this sale to help you get ahead of the curve in your marketing with our resources that have helped thousands of business owners all over the world.

Tactical Tips for Growing Your Side Hustle While Working Full Time Apr 26, 2022

Every life-changing adventure, decision, or opportunity I’ve had started off with a side hustle.

In case you’re unfamiliar with that term, a side hustle is a small business that is *usually* not your main source of income while you get it off the ground.

Side hustles are not guaranteed to be a full-time career, but you’ll be lucky if it becomes one. It could take 2 months, 2 years, or 20 years…but as long as you are moving forward in the right direction that is all you can do.

Remember: you are responsible for the effort, not the outcome.

If you are executing at 110% then it will happen at the time it is supposed to happen.

Ready to make some changes and balance your time to better reflect what your priorities are? Click play NOW for 5 tactical tips to grow your side hustle while working full time!

If you’re ready to use your spare time to take your side hustle to new heights, I want to invite you to join Social Curator. This week ONLY (until 5pm PT on April 29th, 2022), Social Curator is 50% off your first month or $100 off your first year, and it’s the PERFECT subscription for all of you side-hustlers out there.

With thousands of Insta-worthy lifestyle photos, 30 new caption templates each month and a marketing action plan to guide the way, Social Curator will help you with all your content creation needs and help maximize what little time you have. Start your subscription at https://www.socialcurator.com/join before THIS Friday, April 29th at 5pm PT!

Instagram Update: Marketing Tips and Latest Updates to Use in Your Business Apr 21, 2022

Does Instagram REALLY matter?

I was thinking about this topic the other day because let me deal it to you straight: many business owners have personal opinions around specific platforms and it’s affecting their decision-making when it comes to using social media for their business.

Our objective as business owners is to make decisions that benefit our business… personal feelings aside.

We have to CHOOSE to market our business using the best outlets available to us. 100 years ago, it was via newspapers… then the radio… then it was on TV… then it transformed into billboards, the internet, and finally: social media.

I personally think that in 2022, for many business owners Instagram is an excellent place to market your business.

It’s completely fine if you choose not to use social media, but if you use Instagram to market your business, I’d like to share with you my top 2 tips for business owners using this platform in 2022, so click play NOW!

I hope these tips will help you use Instagram to market your business… because my prediction is that it’s here to stay, and it’s NEVER too late to start! If you’d like even MORE help with your social media marketing strategy, I’m hosting a free class I’m sure you’d LOVE: How to Plan, Create, and Execute a MONTH of Social Media Posts in ONE Day. There, I’ll teach you how to batch your content and post in 5 minutes or less so you spend less time thinking and more time DOING. I know you’ll love this class (it’s actually the most popular one I’ve ever taught!) so save your seat at https://www.jasminestar.com/30days and learn how to cut your social media planning time in HALF!

You Won’t Have A Successful Business If You Won't Do THIS Apr 19, 2022

What most people don’t know is that when you start a business, you have to make the conscious decision to become a marketer.

Because as much as you love what you do (whether it be painting, copywriting, cooking, photography, business coaching or anything else), the reality is that without marketing, you won’t ever get to do it! Not as a business, anyway.

That’s why you have to make the conscious decision to SELL your products or services… You need to market your brand in order to get customers, and that involves a lot of work.

This is why I always say “building a business isn’t for the faint of heart”... because it isn’t.

>>So if you’re not doing the work to market yourself, don’t start a business. Because it won’t be successful anyway… That’s just real talk!<<

But if you ARE willing to do this, you’re just not sure how, you’re talking to the right girl! Click play on today’s episode NOW.

And to go even deeper, I’ll be teaching business owners just like you How to Plan, Create, and Execute a MONTH of Social Media Posts in ONE Day very soon.. It’s going to be a jam-packed class dedicated to making you the best marketer you can be for your business. The class is absolutely free, and you can save your seat right now at https://www.jasminestar.com/30days!

So register now, because I KNOW that marketing your business can be uncomfortable, but without being uncomfortable, you’re not growing. I’ll see you there!

7 Things You Can Try to Grow Your Business in 2022 Apr 14, 2022

Oftentimes as business owners, we’re afraid to try something new.

But isn’t that what entrepreneurship is all about? Trying new things, making mistakes, learning from them, then trying again?

I’d argue it is.

>>I truly believe that you need to try something new in order to determine what’s right for your business.<<

That being said, I know it can be difficult to determine exactly what new things to try to grow your business with… which is exactly where I come in.

In this episode, I’m going to give you 7 things you can try to grow your business in 2022!

Ready to get uncomfortable, kiss your comfort zone goodbye, embrace your vulnerability and try something new? Click play >>HERE!<<

If you’d like to try something new in your social media plan, be sure to register for my free class, How to Plan, Create, and Execute a MONTH of Social Media Posts in ONE Day. There, I’ll teach you how to batch your content and post in 5 minutes or less so you spend less time thinking and more time DOING. I know you’ll love this class (it’s actually the most popular one I’ve ever taught!) so save your seat at https://www.jasminestar.com/30days and learn how to cut your social media planning time in HALF!

Lulu Cordero: How to Overcome Hardships to Build the Business of Your Dreams Apr 12, 2022

One of my favorite parts of hosting the Jasmine Star Show is that I get to speak to some of the most inspiring, brilliant entrepreneurs in all different industries all over the world.

Today, you’re about to hear from one of those entrepreneurs: CEO of Bomba Curls, Lulu Cordero, who recently became the first EVER female owned Afro-Dominican hair care brand to be sold at Target!

In this conversation, Lulu tells her story of overcoming hardships to start the brand of her dreams, using your hater’s doubts to fuel your business, and how Lulu is paving the way for other minority business owners to chase their dreams.

Y’all, this woman is a powerhouse and I can’t wait for you to hear all about her… so without further ado, click play now!

If you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, please leave a review on iTunes! We DO read them, and they DO help us create more content you love, so head to iTunes and leave a review with your thoughts today.

What Snoop Dogg + Dr. Dre Taught Me About Marketing | Ask Me Anything Apr 07, 2022

Pat Flynn (Founder of SmartPassiveIncome & SwitchPod) once told me, “Riches are in niches,” and he couldn’t be more right.

Let’s dig a little deeper into what this means for you…

>>If you speak to everyone, you’re actually speaking to no one.<<

That’s why I tell every business owner (yes, you too!) to identify their Ideal Client, and speak specifically to them… and that might even include references to Snoop Dogg and Dr. Dre!

Want to learn more about how to speak to your Ideal Client on social media? Click play on this replay of a Facebook Live session I hosted now!

If you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, leave a review on iTunes! Reviews help the team and I ensure we are delivering the type of content you wish to hear, so visit the Jasmine Star Show on iTunes to let us know what you think.

What to Do If Your Loved Ones Don't Support Your Dreams Apr 05, 2022

“What should I do if the biggest person who critiques my work is my spouse?”
“How do I respond when my mom challenges my goals?”
“What should I say when my loved ones don’t support my dreams?”

Ouch. These questions may sting to read, and they’re sadly very common for many business owners to ask themselves.

What SHOULD you do when your loved ones don’t support your dreams?

I have a lot of opinions on this topic… which is why I’m excited for you to hear my response in today’s episode.

It’s a recording from a Q+A I had the privilege of participating in after my keynote at Align Ambition. I answered questions about life, business, finances, social media faith, and more with my dear friend Patrice Washington (who will be coming on the podcast soon!).

Ready to dive in? Click play NOW!

If you loved Patrice as much as I do, subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show because I’ll be welcoming her on the podcast for an in-depth interview super soon. So hit “subscribe” now and you’ll be one of the first to hear it!

What High-Performing Entrepreneurs Need to Uplevel in Business with Mark Howerton (My Former Therapist) Mar 31, 2022

I feel so passionate about healing yourself from the inside out in order to transform your business that I’m being extra vulnerable today… because my guest is my former therapist!

>>Mark Howerton has over fifteen years of experience working in the field of counseling.<<

In his own life, a life-threatening car accident gave Mark first-hand experience in overcoming trauma, and motivated him to live life in the moment.

So…what does this have to do with business? Well, you’re about to find out!

In this conversation, Mark and I discuss:

Why high-performing entrepreneurs need therapy to uplevel in their life and business
How you can find the right therapist for you,
Common trends he sees among business owners,

and more.

I loved chatting with him again, and no matter what your experience with personal development is, I know you’re going to gain so much clarity from his insights.

Click play NOW!

If you enjoyed this episode with Mark Howerton, please let us know via email at podcast@jasmine-star.com or DM me on Instagram @jasminestar and let us know if you’d like a part 2! Mark is so generous with his time and he's more than happy to come back on the show to answer your questions, so send your follow-up questions for Mark to podcast@jasmine-star.com and we’ll bring him back on.

TikTok vs. Reels: Which is Better? Mar 29, 2022

Do you have someone in your life who, whenever you see them, spend time with them, and speak with them, you feel completely fulfilled and happy they’re in your life?

For me, that person is James Wedmore.

I’ve spoken about him on the podcast plenty of times, so I won’t bore you with the details of how we met in his mastermind, and how he has become an incredible mentor and friend to me over the years.

But I WILL say this…

>>Every time I speak with James, I have lightbulb moments… and today, I want to share one of these moments with you.<<

The conversation you’re about to hear was an interview I had with him on the Mind Your Business podcast, where we discussed consuming, understanding, and creating valuable content on TikTok vs. Instagram Reels.

It was a really interesting topic, and I know you’ll enjoy our insights and banter, and be able to apply them to your content creation strategy. So without further ado, click play now!

If you’re feeling inspired to create TikToks and Instagram Reels, I have just the resource for you: my free guide, 10 Easy Reels You Can Make for Your Business! It contains 10 done-for-you ideas for Reels (and/or TikTok), including suggestions for audio, editing tips, and how to customize the idea for different industries. It’s seriously one of the juiciest and jam-packed FREE resources the team and I have ever created, so download it at https://www.jasminestar.com/easyreels!

Your First 5 Steps to Starting a Business Mar 24, 2022

I can almost guarantee that every new business owner asked the question, “Where do I even START?” at the beginning of their journey and wished they had a roadmap to follow.

I know I did when I first started my photography business 15 years ago!

>>With a decade of entrepreneurial experience under my belt and having made plenty of mistakes along the way, I feel confident in saying I know how to build a business from the ground up.<<

The plus side is that I did it without talent, resources, money, or connections… and I know you can too, despite the odds stacked against you.

By the end of this podcast episode, you’ll have learned the first 5 steps to starting a business to ensure you’re embarking on the path to profitability. Plus, I created a corresponding workbook for you to follow along and take notes! It even has a step-by-step checklist for you to use to stay on track. You can download my New Business Checklist at https://www.jasminestar.com/newbusiness.

I can’t wait to see you turn your IDEA into a profitable business, and my New Business Checklist is the perfect resource to help you do that. Download it now and then let’s get started!

Do Less, Make More: Making Intuition-Led Business Decisions with Jess Lively Mar 22, 2022

“If your intuition tells you it’s a fit…”

That phrase is the extent to which my guest today, Jess Lively, sells her services… Yet she is an extremely successful entrepreneur.

So how did she get to a point in her life and business where she feels comfortable encouraging her clients to work with her if it “feels” right?

That’s exactly what you’re about to hear today… and how you can use her free-flowing method of using your subconscious thoughts to experience more joy, fulfillment, and presence in your business!

Our conversation is all about letting go of your identity in your career to allow something new to grow, as well as being open to making intuition-based business decisions to ensure you’re on the right path.

I know you’re going to love Jess as much as I do, so click play to jump into the conversation now!

If you enjoyed my conversation with Jess, please leave a review for the Jasmine Star Show on iTunes! My mission is to serve you as well as I possibly can, and your reviews enable the team and I to make decisions about future guests and episode topics to ensure you love everything we create. So please leave a review—it just takes a minute—and we’ll be forever grateful!

What to Say to Social Media Haters: A Follow-Up with Bianca Olthoff Mar 18, 2022

I’ll be honest, dear podcast listener… I need to come correct.

Last week, I released a podcast episode titled The Secret to Dealing with Social Media Haters, and I didn’t serve you or the rest of the Jasmine Star Show podcast community right.

>>In last week’s podcast, I discussed how to let the comments from social media haters fall off your back… but I didn’t give you tactical tips on what to say to them.<<

When I discussed this episode with my twin sister, Bianca Olthoff, she opened my eyes to the fact that it’s “easy” for me to let mean comments roll off my back… but she and the majority of my listeners are bothered by them and aren’t able to do that.

I completely missed the mark in the episode, which is why I needed to invite my sister on the show to help me hit the target.

If you’re ready for this off-the-cuff bonus episode, click play now!

And if this episode really hit home for you today, grab my free Mindset Makeover Workbook. It contains 5 powerful mindset shifts that will have a powerful impact on your life and business, and the one mindset exercise that changed EVERYTHING for me. I’m so excited for you to experience this powerful exercise to level-up in your business, so head to https://www.jasminestar.com/mindset to download it now

Crypto Curious Part 5: How to Create NFTs for Your Business Mar 17, 2022

Since you started taking action on what you’ve learned throughout the Crypto Curious series, you’re aaaaalmost an NFT pro now.

But there are just a few more terms to be familiar with, and then we’ll close out this series with how you can make money by creating NFTs!

Want to learn about which businesses should create NFTs, how to mint your own, as well as Daniel’s predictions for the future of NFTs? Click play NOW!

To dive deeper into buying and selling your first NFT, download our free NFT Checklist! It will educate you on cryptocurrency and NFTs, as well as help you make an informed decision on the place these digital assets will have in the next iteration of your business. Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/nftchecklist to download it now, and start buying and selling NFTs like a pro!

Newest Instagram Trends to Get Your Account Discovered Mar 15, 2022

Though I’ve never been a trend-setter, I’ve always been a trend-watcher… and when it comes to Instagram, I have an eagle eye.

After all, keeping up with the trends plays a vital role in getting our accounts discovered!

>>I want to help you get more eyes on your account and more money in your business.<<

So if you’re ready to learn about the 3 trends business owners should be exploring in March 2022, click play >>HERE<< now!

When you're ready to start taking ACTION on what you've learned, Social Curator has made it EASIER to participate in Trend #3 with a brand new bonus: 15 Engaging Reels You Can Post in Under 5 Minutes. Easily customizable in Canva, this bonus is FREE when you start a monthly or annual Social Curator subscription this month. *Can I get an Amen?!* Join Social Curator TODAY at https://www.socialcurator.com/join!

Crypto Curious Part 4: How and When to Sell an NFT Mar 10, 2022

If you’d like to make money in the NFT space, you’ll have to sell them eventually.

>>NFT purchases can 10x or even 100x in value! So why wouldn’t you want to cash in on that kind of growth?<<

That being said, this episode is the 4th part of our Crypto Curious series, and it covers how and when to sell an NFT, and we also answer listener questions such as what an “airdrop” and “delayed reveal” is.

Ready to get into the nitty gritty and enjoy mine and Daniel’s playful banter and competitive bets? Click play now!

If you’re a visual learner, the Gartner Hype Cycle graph Daniel refers to during this episode can be found in the show notes here: https://www.jasminestar.com/podcast/episode258

And if you’d like a space to take notes, a step-by-step roadmap to buy and sell your first NFT, download our free NFT Checklist! It will educate you on cryptocurrency and NFTs, as well as help you make an informed decision on the place these digital assets will have in the next iteration of your business. Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/nftchecklist to download it now, and start buying and selling NFTs like a pro!

The Secret to Dealing with Social Media Haters Mar 08, 2022

Haters. Like every household has dirty laundry, we’ve all got ‘em.

And just like the hamper of overflowing laundry that remains ignored in my closet, I also choose to turn the other cheek when haters troll me on the Internet!

>>It’s not because I think I’m cool… It's because I don’t have time to worry about the opinions of someone who is not paying my bills.<<

So not only do I ignore them, I don’t even read them.

That’s why we’re going to start off this conversation with welcoming Social Curator Brand Ambassador, Elizabeth, onto the podcast to share with me some of the things internet bullies have said about me recently.
Ready to hear them, and the secret to dealing with internet bullies yourself? Click play now!

If this episode really hit home for you today, grab my free Mindset Makeover Workbook. It contains 5 powerful mindset shifts that will have a powerful impact on your life and business, and the one mindset exercise that changed EVERYTHING for me. I’m so excited for you to experience this powerful exercise to level-up in your business, so head to https://www.jasminestar.com/mindset to download it now and kiss the haters goodbye!

Crypto Curious Part 3: What Do NFTs Have to Do with Social Media? Mar 03, 2022

By now, you probably know that me and Daniel (Software Developer for Social Curator) are fascinated by the massively powerful world of cryptocurrency.

>>We believe that cryptocurrency is the way of doing business in the future, and this series was created to educate you on the topic, as well as help you make an informed decision on the place these digital assets will have in the next iteration of your business.<<

In Part 1 of the Crypto Curious series, you learned what NFTs are, cryptocurrency basics, and why it’s not too late to start. Then, in Part 2, you learned how to purchase your first NFT.

So far, we’ve just been scratching the surface of the technology behind NFTs, which is why Part 3 is all about expanding your knowledge of the space!

In this episode, you’ll learn:

The definition of Web3, and why it matters
What NFTs have to do with social media
Where your NFTs are stored
What Profile Picture NFTs are

and more.

Ready to go from Crypto Curious to Crypto Confident? Click play NOW!

To dive even deeper, download our free NFT Checklist! It will walk you through what you’re learning in each episode of the series, as well as give you a place to take notes and keep track of buying your first NFT. Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/nftchecklist to download it now, and start buying and selling NFTs like a pro!

Why Good People Need More Money... And How to Get It with Derrick Kinney Mar 01, 2022

Do you wish you had more money? You and me both!

That’s why I decided to invite Derrick Kinney, top financial advisor and CEO of Good Money Framework, onto the Jasmine Star Show.

He has applied his proven principles around wealth with thousands of clients, and who most recently sold his multimillion-dollar business to teach these success steps to you.

>>Derrick’s goal is to inspire you to make more money and use it for good.<<

*Sounds great, right?! He is!*

I was interested in speaking to Derrick about how business owners can change how they feel about money to make more of it, why it’s important to include giving in your financial strategy, and the secret weapon to his success.

I think you’re really going to love his insights, so let’s listen in now!

To never miss another incredible conversation like this one with Derrick, subscribe to the podcast from wherever you’re tuning in from today. I’m so grateful you’re here!

Crypto Curious Part 2: How to Purchase Your First NFT Feb 24, 2022

Gary Vaynerchuk recently equated the development of NFTs with the discovery of fire… and stated that ALL of us will own them one day.

The question I have for you is: will you continue to sit on the sidelines or choose to spend time educating yourself on this groundbreaking technology?

If you’re interested in the latter, it’s time to purchase your first NFT, and this episode (Part 2 of my Crypto Curious series) will teach you how to do just that!

Click play NOW to hear Daniel walk you through it every step of the way.

And to dive even deeper, download our free NFT Checklist! It will educate you on cryptocurrency and NFTs, as well as help you make an informed decision on the place these digital assets will have in the next iteration of your business. Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/nftchecklist to download it now, and start buying and selling NFTs like a pro!

How to Sell to People That Don't Have Enough Money | Curator Coaching Session Feb 22, 2022

One of my favorite parts of what I do is getting to coach Social Curator users in all different industries all over the world.

And this coaching session is no exception!

I loved getting to know Karen, Celeste, Sarah, and Chrystal, and empowering them to make bold decisions to push them outside of their comfort zones and onto the path to success.

In this episode, you’ll hear my raw answers to the following questions:

“What’s the best way to approach the same ideal client who is at different stages in her life?”
“How do I sell to people that don't have the money for my services?”
“How do I go from telling our story to inviting followers to make a purchase?”
“How do you bring your brands together when you wear multiple hats in each of them?”

Ready to dive in? Click play!

If you loved this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, then you would LOVE the group coaching sessions inside Social Curator. Every single month, I coach users inside our private community on a wide range of topics to help you grow your business. Start your free trial at https://www.socialcurator.com/trial and I’ll see you inside!

Crypto Curious Part 1: What Is an NFT, Cryptocurrency Basics, and Why It’s Not Too Late to Start Feb 17, 2022

“The best time to start was yesterday. The next best time is now.”

-Unknown

This quote is the only way I could think of to open up my brand new 5-part Crypto Curious series, because so many of us feel like we’re already behind when it comes to NFTs.

>>However, only 16% of Americans own cryptocurrencies, and only 360,000 people in the entire world own at least 1 NFT.<<

Those numbers are exactly why I decided to invite Social Curator Software Developer, Daniel, on to the Jasmine Star Show to educate us on how to purchase our first NFT in this 5-part series.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

The total market cap of all cryptocurrencies combined, and why it matters
What is an NFT (Non Fungible Token)
Where these digital certificates (NFTs) are stored
What the “blockchain” is
How cryptocurrencies such as Ehtereum, Bitcoin, Solana, and others operate

Ready to dive in? Click play now!

To catch the recording for the remaining episodes of Crypto Curious LIVE, join my text community! There, I send inspirational messages, marketing tips, and exclusive Live podcast invites. I hope to see you there at https://www.jasminestar.com/textme!

The Most Valuable Thing You Own As A Business Owner Feb 15, 2022

A few weeks ago, our family went to Las Vegas, Nevada. As I walked through Caesar’s Palace with my daughter, I had a distinct memory of my grandmother from when I was a little girl.

I turned to JD and asked, “Do you think we knew how special the moments with grandma were?”

>>I felt like every moment with her was a golden nugget, and I suddenly realized that though we had the golden nuggets, but we didn’t know their value until after they were gone.<<

And THAT, my friend, is what this off-the-cuff, tear-filled, somewhat awkward podcast episode is all about. Click play now!

Here's How to STOP Sabotaging Your Business with Tara-Nicholle Kirke Feb 10, 2022

Are you sabotaging your business without even knowing it?!

Unfortunately, most entrepreneurs are sabotaging their businesses (myself included!) and we need to remedy it immediately to achieve the success we so desperately want and deserve.

So how do we do that?

Glad you asked!

Tara-Nicholle Kirke is the CEO of Transformational Consumer Insights, a marketing, content strategy and leadership development firm that creates transformational experiences for conscious leaders, businesses + customers.

In our conversation, she takes us to church about the power of a positive mindset in your business success, the most common forms of self-sabotage, how to address your inner critic, and more.

Click play to hear her incredible insights now!

If you enjoyed this conversation as much as I did, shoot me a DM @jasminestar on your favorite social media platform and let me know.

Scared to Record a Reel? Click Play! | Curator Coaching Session Feb 08, 2022

Are you scared to record an Instagram Reel?

If so, you’re not the only one, and I have the advice you need to start taking ACTION!

You’re about to hear it in this episode, a recording from a recent coaching session I had with Social Curator users who so graciously trusted me to give them advice in their businesses and speak truth into their hearts and minds.

I’m sure that no matter what industry you’re in, you’ll be able to take some of the advice I gave and apply it to your business, so get ready to take notes and click play!

Spilling the Tea About My Relationship With JD Feb 03, 2022

My husband and business partner JD and I have had the privilege of living, dreaming, and creating together since high school.

>>Our sixteen years of marriage and over 20 year relationship has us believing that we’ve been living in the “good old days” this entire time.<<

We’re normally rather private about our personal and work relationship but in a recent interview with Christine Chang, we spilled the tea…and the cream. Click play for a behind the scenes look at our relationship!

If you enjoyed this conversation, please leave a review for the Jasmine Star Show on Apple Podcasts! It only takes a few minutes and it makes a HUGE difference to our team. We read every single one, like “TrueCrimeQueen0101”’s review, where she said: “Jasmine speaks so much truth, honesty, and wisdom. I love tuning in each week to get motivated, get ideas, and soak in her up-beat attitude! After listening, I always leave feeling inspired.”

Thanks TrueCrimeQueen101! I look forward to reading your review soon.

Using a Digital Course to Grow Your Business with Matt Smith Feb 01, 2022

Have you explored the world of course creation for your business yet?

You’d be surprised how many different types of business owners can create long-form education for their customers and tap into this fast-growing industry… and that’s exactly what we’re going to chat about today!

My guest is Matt Smith, a technology entrepreneur who has founded Thinkific and Later, both highly successful SaaS companies that help businesses succeed online.

I couldn’t think of a more qualified person to discuss:

Industry trends
The future of course creation
The importance of free education to foster demand for paid, long-form education

and more!

So without further ado, click play NOW to listen in on my conversation with Matt Smith, Chief Strategy Officer at Thinkific.

I hope you enjoyed my conversation with Matt Smith. If so, please subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show on iTunes to ensure you never miss a future episode! It only takes a moment to subscribe but makes a huge difference for this podcast of ours. So thank you in advance for supporting the show and subscribing on iTunes!

Are You Making This Business Mistake? Jan 27, 2022

I’m coming to the mic today with my big hoop earrings on, which means I’m ready to get fired up about something I’m passionate about.

And what I’m feeling really passionate about right now may be a little controversial… but if y’all have been around the block with me before, you know I’m the Queen of telling it like it is. So here it is:

>>Business owners need to spend less time working IN their business and more time ON their business.<<

There, I said it!

Now let me explain the difference…

Basically, working IN your business is when you’re doing things that are urgent in your day-to-day business, but not necessarily serving the long-term strategy for your business.

And when you’re working ON your business, you’re setting yourself up for success in the long-term… not just in the short term.

So why does this matter? Click play to find out!

Now I know you’re ready to start turning followers into customers… I know you’re tired of spending hours working in the weeds of your business… Social Curator’s brand new course, S.O.S. Selling on Social, will give you the strategy, resources, and the confidence you need to consistently make sales on social media and get more dream customers. You can purchase the course at https://www.startsellingonsocial.com but hurry–the doors close on Friday, January 28th at 5pm PT.

What I Learned Selling 7 Figures on Instagram Jan 25, 2022

Have you ever had SO much fun at a party, vacation, or event that the next day you wake up and wonder if it was all a dream?

That’s exactly how I’m feeling this morning…

Yesterday, I hosted a brand new live class called What I Learned Selling 7 Figures on Instagram and it went so well!

The business owners showed up ready to work, and I got such amazing feedback that they learned SO much, which is why I just HAD to share it with you.

In this class, you’ll learn:

The 5 things I've learned selling 7 figures on Instagram
How to sell your product or service with a step-by-step strategy
A proven system to get sales without feeling like a used car salesman

I know you’re going to be blown away by these practical tips for selling your product or service, so click play >>HERE!<<

BIG news: I opened the doors to my brand new digital course, S.O.S. Selling on Social. It’s jam-packed with practical tools, comprehensive training, and detailed resources and is everything you need to get more sales on social media!

It’s like music to your ears, right?!

Oh, it is THAT good… Head to https://www.startsellingonsocial.com to purchase S.O.S. before the doors close this Friday, January 28th, 2022 at 5pm PT!

10 Ways to Improve Your Sales Pitch Jan 20, 2022

Let’s be real: as business owners, the worst thing someone can do is compare our marketing tactics to a sleazy car salesman.

We’ve all had terrible experiences in a car dealership that justify that fear, too!

Friend, there’s a fine line between professionally showcasing your product or service and selling in a way that makes people uncomfortable… and I want to give you 10 ways to improve your sales pitch so no one can ever accuse you of sounding like a sleazy car salesman.

Ready to dive in? Click play now!

If you’re loving this sales content, you’ll LOVE my upcoming free class, What I Learned Selling 7 Figures on Instagram! In this class, you’ll learn my 5-part social media sales strategy to help you get more eyes on your business and more money in your wallet. I’m so excited to share these tips with you, so save your seat at https://www.jasminestar.com/sales and I’ll see you then!

7 Tips to Build (+ Maintain) Momentum in 2022 Jan 18, 2022

Did you know that 43% of Americans set New Year's Resolutions that they expect to stop working toward in the first month?

Yes, friend, it’s true… so the question I have for you is: would you like to be a part of the 57% who works toward their goals?

If so, I can’t wait to share with you today’s recording from an Ask Me Anything session I hosted on Facebook Live all about MOMENTUM.

If you're ready to learn the 7 ways to build and maintain momentum in 2022, listen in now!

If you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, there’s more where that came from. I want to show you what I’ve learned selling 7 figures on Instagram and the systems you can replicate to hit your goals and kick your momentum up a notch… which is why I’m hosting a FREE, LIVE masterclass next week!

Register for What I Learned Selling 7 Figures on Instagram at https://www.jasminestar.com/sales and you’ll be feeling confident in your social media sales strategy in no time. I’ll see you there!

Feeling Embarrassed to Sell? Try This Jan 17, 2022

Have you ever felt embarrassed to sell your product or service?

I’ve been there, and it’s not fun.

In fact, last month I witnessed my daughter, Luna Sol, experience embarrassment for the first time… and it reminded me of you, Hustler.

>>Seeing my daughter experience embarrassment reminded me that as business owners, we often feel this way when selling our products or services… but we shouldn’t.<<

So I recorded this episode for Luna and for YOU, to teach you 3 things you should try whenever you begin to feel embarrassed.

Click play to learn the 3 things now!

Want clear, tactical advice for selling on social media? Register for my free masterclass, What I Learned Selling 7-Figures on Instagram. I can’t wait to share my easy-to-follow path to get more clients or customers without feeling like a sleazy salesperson, so save your seat at https://www.jasminestar.com/sales!

Want More Sales? What You Need to Know About Beta Testing Jan 13, 2022

Have you ever heard of a beta test?

It’s okay if you haven’t… years ago, I thought that if you were going to launch something, you would simply create it, put it out in the world, and people would buy it. That’s it!

But there’s another way to launch a new product or service… and that’s to beta test it BEFORE you release it publicly.

>>A beta test is when you allow a small group of people to test your new “thing”--whether it’s to go through your latest service, take a course before it’s released, or try a new product–typically at a discounted price, in exchange for their feedback on it.<<

In the Fall of 2021, the Social Curator Team and I decided to host a beta test for our brand new digital course, S.O.S. Selling on Social.

In this episode, you’ll learn why we decided to host a beta test, hear behind the scenes clips from our team as we went through the process, and learn how to create one yourself.

I can’t wait to tell you everything you need to know about beta testing, so click play now!

If you’d like to learn more about S.O.S. Selling on Social, I’m hosting a live class where you can learn all about it: What I Learned Selling 7 Figures on Instagram. In this class, you’ll learn my 5-part social media sales strategy to help you get more eyes on your business and more money in your wallet, and of course I’ll share how this course can help you in your business journey. I’m so excited to share these tips with you, so save your seat at https://www.jasminestar.com/sales and I’ll see you then!

THIS Is Your Sign to Raise Your Prices... Here’s How with Jasmine Holmes Jan 11, 2022

Looking for a sign to raise your prices? This is it… and here’s how.

My guest is Jasmine Holmes: a total Pricing Queen! After 14 years creating and building a profitable and fulfilling design business, her secret sauce is Pricing. Her goal is to change lives through courses, resources and conversations, helping her students' discover their creative worth!

In this conversation, we discuss pricing strategies for creatives, including the biggest mistakes business owners make when pricing their products and services, and tactical tips to charge what you’re worth.

If you’ve ever struggled with pricing in your business, I know you’ll love this episode. Click play NOW!

Once you have your price nailed down, it’s time to SELL it… and that’s where I come in! I’m hosting a free masterclass, What I Learned Selling 7-Figures on Instagram, where I’ll teach you my 5-step strategy for selling your product or service on social media.

If you want to showcase what you’re worth without sounding like a sleazy car salesman, save your seat at https://www.jasminestar.com/sales. I can’t wait to see you there!

How to Know When to Push Forward, Pivot, or Quit Jan 06, 2022

You may remember a few weeks ago I recorded a podcast episode answering questions I had received from my text community, and at the end, I asked you to shoot me a text or DM if you enjoyed the episode and wanted to hear more.

Well, y’all really understood the assignment, because I heard from SO many of you who said you loved it!

In case you hadn’t heard the last one, I texted members of my text community telling them to ask me ANYTHING (from business to my personal life and everything in between).

My Podcast Producer Kristi chose a few more for me to answer, and full disclosure: before recording this episode, I hadn’t seen them or planned out my responses, so you’re getting my raw, real-time advice. Listen NOW!

If you have any questions like the business owners you heard from today, ask me by shooting me a text and you just might get an answer on a future episode of the podcast! Text me at https://www.jasminestar.com/textme… I can’t wait to hear from you!

The Key to Making Sales with Ease | Curator Coaching Session Jan 04, 2022

I know the KEY to making sales for your business…

Intrigued yet?

It’s true! The secret to making sales lies within this coaching session with Social Curator users!

In this episode, you’ll hear me answer the following questions:

“I think I know how to create the know, like, trust factor but I struggle to convert clients. How often should I be posting my offer on all social media channels?”
“I usually sell small ticket items on social media and am now moving into a large price point at $179 for a course. The course previously sold well from my email list, but no engagement on social media. How can I better use social media to attract my ideal students?”
“After I launch and people buy once, how do I keep the interest going?”
“How do you make sales easily from a place of flow instead of forcing and pushing?”

Excited to hear my responses? Click play NOW!

If you received value from this podcast, please let me know in an iTunes review! Reviews take just a few minutes to write and they help the Jasmine Star show get discovered by other small businesses just like you. So if you have a moment to let us know what you like about the show in a review and I will be forever grateful.

If You Didn't Hit Your 2021 Goals, HERE'S WHY Dec 30, 2021

This time last year, in December 2020, I was helping business owners set goals, and I myself was planning for the future of my company, Social Curator.

I gave tips on this very podcast on how to set yourself up for success in the new year, and I even let you in on some of my own goals and visions for the future.

(You can actually listen to an episode outlining that vision here: https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode170a/)

>>Now, one year later in December 2021, and I’m back behind the mic to update you on how we made our dreams a reality.<<

In this episode, you’ll hear about the ups and downs of this year for both my business and my personal life…

But most importantly, there’s a kick-in-the-pants message for YOU to set yourself up for success in 2022.

Ready for the recap? Click play!

If you’re reading this, I hope that as you reflect on your year, you take the good with the bad, knowing that ALL of it is shaping you into who you’re meant to be.

If you’d like inspirational messages all throughout the year, join my newsletter list! I personally write an email to you every single week, so head to http://jasminestar.com/subscribe to join now and I’ll see you in your inbox and in your headphones super soon.

Why Being Imperfect is the Best Business Strategy Dec 28, 2021

Want to know one of my favorite (and unexpected) business strategies?

It’s to give yourself permission to be imperfect.

Yes, friend, I’m talking about imperfection in EVERY aspect of your business: social media posts, courses, blogs, newsletters, services… everything.

>>When you give yourself permission to be imperfect, you take quicker action… and you fail faster.<<

And failure is a crucial part of business, and the best way to learn!

That’s exactly what my conversation with Rory Vaden on his show, The Influential Brand Podcast, was about.

In this episode, you’ll hear:

How to give yourself permission to be imperfect
Why repelling is as important as attracting in marketing
The three things that all STRONG entrepreneurs do

and more.

It’s definitely a jam-packed conversation, so click play!

If you enjoyed this conversation, subscribe to the podcast from wherever you’re tuned in from today to never miss a future episode!

Why Hoping for a Miracle Isn’t a Bad Thing Dec 23, 2021

When I was growing up, my family prayed for miracles.

We received assistance from the government and charitable donations from our church, and most years, there wasn’t money for groceries… let alone Christmas gifts.

*We used to joke that we weren't poor… we were “po” because we couldn’t even afford the “or” at the end of the word!*

Because of our financial situation, I learned to trust in God and pray for miracles, even if it seemed impossible….and this is something I still practice today.

This episode is a short, unprofessional, and unplanned recording to remind you that hoping for a miracle isn’t a bad thing….

It just might be the thing that keeps you going through the hard times.

Need a little pick-me-up this holiday season? Click play now.

How Long It Takes to Start Making SALES on Social | Curator Coaching Session Dec 21, 2021

Are you consistently posting on social media but not seeing results in your business?

This episode is for you, friend…

Because I’m about to teach you how to get SALES from your social media accounts!

In this sales-focused coaching session with Social Curator users, you’ll hear me answer the following questions:

On average, with consistently showing up on social media, how many months before I can expect to start getting clients?
How do I focus my strategy on my NEW digital products in a cohesive way since I'm selling a suite of them?
How do I connect with the client in order to begin the connection to make a sale?
How do I let go of the guilt for selling a product for people in serious need?

If you want tactical tips for getting more sales from social media, you’re going to LOVE this coaching session. Click play NOW!

If you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, please rate, review, and subscribe from wherever you’re listening right now! We’d love to hear what you love about the show, and it will help our team continue to deliver the content you want to hear.

I Made 20 Content Ideas for You Dec 16, 2021

Do you have a pet peeve? (C’mon, I know you do!)

Whether you can’t stand when people chew with their mouths open, drive slow, or talk during a movie, I bet you thought of your biggest pet peeve as soon as I asked.

And while I can definitely relate to those personal pet peeves, I also have professional ones, too. (I know, diva much?) Let me explain…

>>My biggest pet peeve is when business owners say they have nothing to post on social media for their business.<<

I’m sure I just rubbed some people the wrong way, but it’s my truth!

It’s my biggest pet peeve because I KNOW business owners have endless amounts of content they could be creating… The content exists in the everyday tasks they’re doing for their business, their story, and their interests. Plus, I know the endless possibilities for your business if you just commit to posting consistently on social media!

That being said, by the end of this episode and free guide, you will have 20 new content ideas, along with clear directions on how to create each one with a combination of video tutorials, caption templates, and post examples.

Ready to get started? Download the corresponding guide to this episode at https://www.jasminestar.com/contentideas and then click PLAY!

Unqualified? Unfunded? Uneducated? GOOD, Now Go Start a Business: Tips with Sharon Says So Dec 14, 2021

Today’s episode is a recording from my interview on Sharon McMahon’s podcast, Sharon Says So.

In it, Sharon and I share ways to achieve your dreams and accomplish your goals… and it has nothing to do with being the smartest, richest or most qualified in the room.

And I’ll be honest, Hustler...

>>I LOVED our conversation about how we can succeed even if we feel unqualified, unfunded, and uneducated.<<

In this episode, you’ll also hear me explain that sometimes the key to success is failure, why always being the smartest in the room won’t allow you to grow to your highest potential as an entrepreneur, how to navigate social media as a public figure, and more.

Read to let go of fear and step into success? Let’s listen in now!

If you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, let us know in an iTunes review! Reviews help us reach more business owners just like you, and allow us to continue creating content you love.

Balancing Your Time + Responsibilities As An Entrepreneur Dec 09, 2021

I have to ask you something, friend...

Have you ever wondered how some people just seem to get MORE done in a day?
Are you always questioning how your competitors are running a mile a minute and you can hardly get your project off the ground?
Have you ever wished you had an extra hour in the day to complete the items on your to-do list?

>>I’m here to tell you you CAN be just as productive in your business as long as you evaluate your priorities.<<

In this replay of a Live “Ask Me Anything” session I hosted on Facebook Live, I’m going to explain how to balance your time and responsibilities as an entrepreneur to get more done in less time.

Plus, there’s tactical tips for setting boundaries with clients, family, and friends as you make the shift from prioritizing things that are IMPORTANT over ones that are URGENT.

This episode is a juicy one, and I can’t wait for you to hear it. So without further introduction, click play NOW!

At Social Curator, we know how much you have on your plate, and we want to help alleviate some of your stress! That’s why we provide social media resources to help you post in just 5 minutes or less.

Start your Social Curator subscription TODAY to gain instant access to over 100 caption templates, thousands of lifestyle photos, group coaching with Yours Truly and more at https://www.socialcurator.com/join!

How to Take Advantage of Holiday Sales without Lowering Your Prices Dec 07, 2021

When I was 9 years old, I desperately hoped for the starring role of Mary in our church Christmas play, but one look at me and the director whispered, “I have the perfect part for you!”

Two weeks later my hair was slicked back into a tight bun, I wore a beard, and my name was listed next to the title “Angry Innkeeper” in the printed show program.

Instead of floating onto the stage as the beautifully pregnant Mary, I choked on my fake beard as my theatrical debut was relegated to shouting, “I SAID there's no room in the inn!”

Thankfully my Broadway aspirations ended on that stage, but it taught me that shouting (in person or online) is never a good thing.

During the holidays, customers are bombarded with advertisements, so much so that it feels like you have to shout to have your business noticed…. And we’re often pulled into the drama of price-reducing advertisements, flashy sales, BOGOs, and more. Not to mention how frustrating it is when the bearded innkeepers who shout the loudest (AKA your competitors) constantly under-cut your prices!

In this episode, I’m going to give you 3 ways to take advantage of the holiday sales season WITHOUT lowering your prices! Are you ready to dive in? Click play NOW!

I wish you the best of luck as you market your business this holiday season, and please subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show wherever you’re tuning in from today so we can connect on a future episode as well.

Overcoming the Fear of Putting Yourself Out There | Curator Coaching Session Dec 02, 2021

WOW…. That’s all I can say after the coaching session I had recently with Social Curator users.

These business owners were vulnerable and open about their struggles in a way that made me so proud to mentor them.

Ready to hear their questions (and my raw, unfiltered answers) yourself?

In this episode, you’ll hear me answer the following questions:

“How do I transition my Facebook, which has always been more of my personal page, to come across more business yet not seem too pushy or cocky?”
“How can I show up and serve even on days when I’m questioning if I have enough value to give?”
“How important is it for me to drill down to a specific ideal client avatar when I already have a following of the general public?”
“How do I turn what I do naturally (inspire, support and teach others) into a lucrative business that supports me as an individual?”
“What can I say or do daily to help boost my confidence and fear of putting myself out there on social again?”

Click play NOW to hear my answers!

The business owners coached in this episode were selected after leaving a review for the Jasmine Star Show on iTunes. Though the contest is over, I’d still be forever grateful if you left a review and of course, I wouldn’t ask for it without giving you something in return!

After leaving an iTunes review for the Jasmine Star Show, you can still click >>HERE<< to grab my Hashtag Strategy Guide as a thank-you gift, which is a done-for-you guide on how to determine 30 hashtags for your own business to use when posting on Instagram!

Life Changes & Setbacks: How They Make You a Better Entrepreneur with Amy Porterfield Nov 30, 2021

The guest you’re about to hear from today is one of my best friends and business mentors, Amy Porterfield.

In case you aren’t familiar with her brilliance, Amy teaches business owners, educators and entrepreneurs the profitable action steps for building a highly engaged email list, creating online training courses, and using online marketing strategies to sell with ease through her best-selling marketing courses and top-ranked podcast, Online Marketing Made Easy.

In this conversation, we discussed some of the setbacks we’ve both had over the past year and how they’ve impacted their lives and businesses… and we also told some hilarious personal stories that we didn’t expect to admit on air.

>>Our goal for this conversation is for you to feel like you’re sitting around the table with your two business friends getting the goods on how to uplevel and dream big, in a conversational way.<<

I’m sure you'll love hearing Amy’s insights and mindset hacks about how many of the difficulties you may be going through right now are currently making you a better entrepreneur.

Without further ado, let’s listen in!

If you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, please rate, review, and subscribe from wherever you’re listening right now! I’d love to hear what you love about the show, and it will help our team continue to deliver the content you want to hear.

Getting Very Personal: 3 Things I Haven’t Shared Publicly Nov 25, 2021

Recently as I’ve been looking back on 2021, I’ve reflected on how it’s really been a year full of ups and downs, both business-wise and personally, and I haven’t always shared them all.

Of course, I *have* given a glimpse into my “real life”, such as finalizing Luna’s adoption, the passing of our beloved dog Polo, and moving into our new house.

But there are a few things I haven’t shared, either because I didn’t think they were necessary or relevant, or I didn’t know how.

Because I feel like the podcast is a more intimate, sacred space, I’m more open to talk about it here, document it for “Future Jasmine”, and share some of the lessons I’ve learned along the way.

So let’s dive in with 3 things I haven’t shared on social media this year by clicking play!

This year has had many ups and downs but I’m grateful for ALL of it… the good, the bad, and the straight up ugly.

I can say one thing for certain, though: my year was made better because of YOU.

Thank you for listening, thank you for subscribing, sharing, and reviewing the Jasmine Star Show… Thank you from the bottom of my heart for being here.

Real Talk Q+A: Pushing Through Depression When No One Supports Your Business Nov 23, 2021

One of my favorite ways to connect with you is on the podcast and via text… and today, I’m combining both of my loves.

Recently, I texted members of my text community telling them to ask me ANYTHING (from business to my personal life and everything in between), and today you’re going to hear my honest answers to them.

I received some GREAT questions, including:

Is there any specific strategy to launch with luxury prices when many competitors price much lower? I’m in the quilt industry.
As a solo entrepreneur, what is the best way to approach having a baby and creating space for "maternity leave" when it all is on your shoulders?
I am an accessories company. I keep trying to figure out what "problem" people have that I'm here to solve without talking about price.
I've taken a LONG break from posting on social media. What are some things I should consider before jumping back in?

and more!

If you enjoy this Q+A session, text me and let me know because I just might do another one, so let me know! Click play now.

As a member of my text community, you can expect business tips, inspirational texts, mindset hacks and--of course--opportunities to get your burning business questions answered! Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/textme to send me a text. I can’t wait to hear from you!

How to Go Up Against the "Big Dogs" of Your Industry | Curator Coaching Session Nov 18, 2021

Are you a small business owner who is chasing big goals?

If so, you’re in great company with the other entrepreneurs you’re about to hear from today!

These 5 brilliant souls are some of the lucky winners from a recent Podcast Review Contest I ran, so they were invited to a private Zoom call with me to get their biggest burning business question answered.

In this episode, you’ll hear me answer their questions:

“What advice would you give to a small business owner launching a product that has never been on the market?”
“How can I speak to my ideal client when she’s 20 years younger than me?”
“How do you stop working (even in your head) when you want to be present with family?”
“Can I merge 2 very different niches to work under the same business or must I create 2 different businesses?”
“How do I grow my podcast and YouTube channel subscriptions through social media?”

As always, I kept it REAL with these entrepreneurs in all different industries, so you’re about to hear a mixture of real talk, step-by-step advice, and a kick in the pants.

Intrigued yet? Let’s listen in!

As always, thank you for tuning in to another episode of the Jasmine Star Show and if you haven’t yet, please subscribe to the podcast on Apple, Spotify, Google Play, Stitcher, iHeartRadio… basically, wherever you get your podcasts!

How Boutique Owners Can Leverage Social Media for Their Business Nov 16, 2021

Are you in the fashion industry?! Listen up!

Today, I’m thrilled to share with you a podcast interview I had with Ashley Alderson on her podcast, Boutique Chat.

Even though Ashley, founder of the Boutique Hub, typically chats with leaders in the fashion industry, she made an exception for me (because y’all know my yoga pants and messy bun don’t belong on any fashion podcasts!).

In this conversation, Ashley and I chatted about:

How boutique owners can leverage social media for their business,
My best tips for batching and repurposing content,
Easy things to outsource in your business,
What successful brands have in common

and more.

Even if you aren’t in the fashion industry, mine and Ashley’s conversation is applicable to ALL business owners and I know you’ll love it, so without further ado, click play!

And if you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, be sure to subscribe now to never miss a future episode about business strategy, social media tips, mindset shifts and anything else small business owners need to build the business of their dreams!

Creating a Hashtag Strategy For Your Business Nov 11, 2021

How do you feel when you think about using hashtags on your social media posts?

If words like “frustrated,” “overwhelmed,” and “annoyed” come to your mind… you’ve come to the right place and you are DEFINITELY not alone.

Figuring out how to use hashtags for your business can be overwhelming, frustrating, and just plain annoying.

But when used correctly they can be an incredibly effective way to grow your business!

That’s why recently I decided to host a live class on Facebook about how to create a hashtag strategy for your business by implementing simple, actionable steps that will help your ideal client discover your business.

Click play NOW to hear the strategy for yourself!

If you’re ready to dive deeper into your hashtag strategy, join Social Curator, where this month’s marketing action plan will walk you through the same 4 Step Hashtag Strategy that we used to grow Social Curator from zero to over 10,000 followers in less than 2 months!

Between the tangible steps within this Action Plan, our customizable captions and Story sets, and amazing lifestyle images in our Photo Gallery, your business will be seen by new eyes in no time. Head to https://www.socialcurator.com/join to start your subscription today and get your hashtag game on!

Tips for Creating Reels for Your Business... Without Dancing! Nov 09, 2021

Ready to say YES to Instagram Reels but NO to crazy dance moves?!

*I’ve got you covered!*

Today’s episode is a recording from a recent “Ask Me Anything” session I hosted on Facebook Live.

In this Live chat, I answered questions about:

Tips for creating non-dancing reels
How to use your Instagram Bio to prep your audience for Sales
My best advice for dealing with other people’s opinions

and so much more.

I love these Facebook conversations because I get to connect with business owners in all different industries, all over the world.

At the end of the day, we are all just a group of hungry Dreamers ready to grow our businesses…and this conversation does just that!

Without further ado, click play NOW!

If you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show and don’t want to miss another, subscribe to the podcast from wherever you’re tuning in from today! This will ensure you get notified of all future episodes and we will be forever grateful for your support.

How Fear Is Getting in the Way of Your Success Nov 04, 2021

Is your FEAR getting in the way of your business success??

*It’s okay, you can tell me!*

It’s very common to feel fear in your business, whether it’s fear of making mistakes, of what other people think, or--hear me out!--of actually being successful.

This is the very topic I enjoyed the most from an interview I had with “America’s Career Coach”, Ken Coleman.

Together we always aim to deliver the highest amount of value for listeners, so Ken and I got into the nitty gritty details of:

Where creativity really comes from
How fear is getting in the way of your success
Whether or not an artist can actually be an entrepreneur
How to approach what Ken calls the wrestling match between the head and the heart when starting a business

and more.

I can’t wait for you to hear this conversation, so click play!

If you enjoyed this episode and don’t want to miss another, subscribe to the podcast from wherever you’re tuning in from today! This will ensure you get notified of all future episodes and I will be forever grateful.

The Only 7 Caption Categories You EVER Need to Post Nov 02, 2021

I don't know about you, but there was a time in my life where I would open my phone and I would scroll and think to myself, I have nothing to post on Instagram today, or I couldn't actually figure out the right things to say.

*Can you relate?!*

I was desperate for people to know who I was. I wanted to show what made my business special, but it felt like no one paid attention.

>>It wasn’t until I started sharing WHO I was, in addition to WHAT I did, that made the biggest difference.<<

In fact, it took me several years to develop a systematic approach to creating content for my business every single week and once I figured it out, I was getting engagement, followers, and SALES for my business because of my social media captions.

That’s right…. What if I told you that you only need to know how to create 7 types of posts on social media in order to NEVER run out of things to say?

It’s TRUE! There are just 7 types of posts you can create every day that are designed to get engagement and turn followers into customers. *I’m not lyin’!*

In this episode, I’m going to teach you how to write these 7 types of posts. So click play NOW!

Don’t forget to download the corresponding workbook for this episode, my free 7 Day Content Planner! This workbook will make it EVEN easier to implement these 7 caption categories because you’ll get a customizable caption template for each one so you know EXACTLY what to say and how to say it. Download the planner at https://www.socialcurator.com/contentplanner!

Cultivate Wealth: Breaking the Broke Mindset with Anthony O’Neal Oct 28, 2021

Do you want to cultivate wealth in your life and business? Well, friend, in order to do that you need to break your BROKE mindset… which is exactly what we’re chatting about today.

This episode is very special because my guest, Anthony O’Neal, is a #1 national bestselling author, speaker, financial expert, and host of the popular YouTube series and podcast, The Table.

In this conversation, Anthony and I discuss:

How the way you were raised affects how you view money today
Daily habits business owners can start implementing today to ensure you’re not living above your means
Whether or not you should be investing while you’re in debt
One thing Anthony wishes all small business owners knew about managing their money before going into business

and more!

I hope you enjoy my conversation with Anthony as much as I enjoyed getting to know and learn from him. There’s nothing I love more than getting to have conversations with amazing business owners like him, and of course, sharing their insights with you, so click play!

Speaking of having conversations, would you like to win an exclusive group coaching session with me and then hear it right here, on the Jasmine Star Show?! If so, you *have* to enter my podcast review contest where 10 lucky winners who leave a review for the Jasmine Star Show on iTunes can win a group coaching session with me!

Submissions for the review contest close at midnight Pacific on October 31st, 2021. So leave your review, screenshot it, and head to https://www.jasminestar.com/reviewcontest to enter today.

Real Talk: What I Wish I Had Done Sooner Oct 26, 2021

Have you ever been asked a question that forced you to pause and truly think about the answer?

That happened to me recently during a Facebook Live where someone asked: “What do you wish you would have done sooner?”

*Talk about food for thought, am I right???*

I could have answered in a variety of ways.

I could have said I wished I dropped out of law school sooner.
I could have answered that I wished I had started my business sooner.
I could have responded that I wished I had invested sooner.

Yes, I could have said all of those things, but I didn’t.

>>You will NEVER hear me say a single one of them, because I truly believe that everything that has brought me to this very moment, talking to you right here on the podcast, has all happened in the perfect timing.<<

Click play on today’s episode to learn why I don’t waste time or any on wishing things were different… and what I do instead.

By the way - have you heard?! I’m hosting a contest where you can win an exclusive group coaching session with me. To enter the contest, simply leave a review for the Jasmine Star Show on iTunes and enter >>HERE.<< Then, 10 lucky winners will be invited to attend an approximately 2 hour group coaching session in which you can ask me ANY question you have in your business! Hurry, though, friend: submissions for the review contest close at midnight Pacific on October 31st, 2021. So leave your review, screenshot it, and head to https://www.jasminestar.com/reviewcontest to enter today.

Network and Collaborate to Scale Your Business Faster with Rebecca Minkoff Oct 21, 2021

Do you want to grow your business FASTER?

If so, networking and collaborating with other business owners just might be your path to success, Hustler!

>>I have seen mine and the businesses of my friends, peers, and users of Social Curator grow the most by way of collaborations, and I want to help you do the same.<<

My guest today, Rebecca Minkoff, is an industry leader in accessible luxury handbags, accessories, footwear and apparel. With two domestic retail stores, eight international locations, and her products distributed in over 900 stores worldwide, she is arguably one of the most successful designers of her time and I’m honored to welcome her to the Jasmine Star Show.

In this episode, we discuss:

How to communicate effectively as a female leader
The story of how Rebecca got her ‘big break’ all because of an “I Love New York” tee shirt
How to use networking, partnerships and collaborations to scale your business faster

and more.

Y’all, Rebecca is the QUEEN of networking and has so much wisdom to share for small business owners. I can’t wait for you to hear our conversation, so click play >>HERE!<<

Want to win a completely FREE coaching session with me! All you have to do is leave an iTunes Review for the Jasmine Star Show by finding the purple podcast app and clicking ‘write a review’. Then, simply screenshot it and click >>HERE<< to enter the contest! 10 lucky winners will be chosen to attend a group coaching session but hurry - submissions for the review contest close at midnight Pacific on October 31st, 2021. So leave your review, screenshot it, and head to https://www.jasminestar.com/reviewcontest to enter today!

Their Opinions Don’t Pay Your Bills Oct 19, 2021

Listen up… People have opinions. Or maybe I should say people have O. PIN. IONS. (with a little extra flavor because we all know how vocal everyone is on the internet.)

No matter what you do, someone will have something to say about it:

They’ll talk about you whether you decide to start a business or not.
They’ll judge you if you decide to sit on the couch or go for a run.
People will talk about you whether you decide to have pancakes or a smoothie for breakfast.

Their opinions will always exist, so why don’t you do the dang thing anyway?

Why don’t you do what lights your soul on fire?
How about you change the world with your passion?
What about you do what you were put on this earth to do?

If you’re struggling with people who don’t believe in your business, it’s time to let go of their doubt.

>>I recorded this episode with the hope that you’ll be inspired to rise above the haters and build the business of your dreams, despite their opinions.<<

Ready for a loving kick in the pants? Click play!

If this fired you up and you’re ready to take ACTION in your business (or you need me to personally give you a loving kick in the pants), for the next two weeks I am hosting a contest where you can win an exclusive group coaching session with me and then hear it right here, on the Jasmine Star Show! To enter, simply leave a review for the Jasmine Star Show on iTunes and enter at https://www.jasminestar.com/reviewcontest to win a group coaching session with me before midnight PT on October 31, 2021!

90 Days to Abundance: The Mindset Shift You Need to Close Out 2021 Oct 18, 2021

Real talk: our team is all about working smarter, not harder.

*Are you down to do the same?*

If so, this episode is for you because it’s all about a new type of content you can create that doesn't require more work: Instagram Guides!

In this “Ask Me Anything” session on Facebook Live, I share how to leverage Instagram Guides to serve your audience, as well as answer questions about repurposing them to other platforms, creating content while looking at the ‘big picture,’ and more.

I know you’re going to love hearing about ways to capitalize on the content you’ve already created, so click play!

If you loved this episode, please subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show! This will guarantee you never miss another episode and (hint hint!) we have some really great guests coming up that I KNOW you’ll love. So hit that subscribe button to hear them as soon as they’re released.

Irresistible Sales Strategies for Social Media Oct 14, 2021

You know what a LOT of business owners I coach have in common? They HATE sales.

Can you relate?

Does the word “sales” put a bad taste in your mouth or does the thought of selling make your palms sweat? If so, you’re not alone!

>>But here’s the thing: if you own a business, selling is just a part of life… no matter how much we may dislike it.<<

That’s why I recently taught an important class on Facebook Live where I taught you 4 sales strategies to help you sell on social media WITHOUT feeling like a sleazy used car salesman… and that’s exactly what you’re about to hear today.

Click play NOW and go from loathing to loving selling once and for all!

If you’d like even MORE help with repairing your relationship with the word ‘sales’, start your Social Curator subscription, where this month’s Issue is all about Irresistible Sales Strategies for Social Media. In it, I interview James Wedmore, who shares his biggest mindset hacks and sales tips for the entrepreneur that wants to learn how to talk about their business without always selling their business. Y’all, it’s so juicy I can’t wait for you to hear it! Start your subscription at https://www.socialcurator.com/join and I’ll see you inside soon.

The Power of Pinterest to Grow Your Business with Kate Ahl Oct 12, 2021

Did you know that Pinterest isn’t just for dinner recipes, workout tips and home decor inspiration, but rather an extremely powerful business tool?!

*I know, I know… we’ve been duped!*

But really friend, so many business owners lack the understanding and knowledge that Pinterest is on the most popular and most powerful search engines on the web and chances are, your ideal client is using it.

>>That’s why I invited my guest today, Kate Ahl, to come on the podcast and break down what Pinterest is all about and how you can leverage it for your business.<<

The founder of Simple Pin Media, Kate has been helping businesses discover, learn and master Pinterest marketing for over 7 years. So without further ado, let’s get pinning and listen to the interview!

If you’re ready to jump on the Pinterest train, send me a DM on Instagram with the code word “Pinterest” so I know you’re serious. And also so I can personally thank you for being one of the homies that listens to the Jasmine Star Show!

Should You Have Multiple Social Media Accounts? Oct 07, 2021

Are you wondering if you should have multiple social media accounts for different brands for businesses?

*If so, this episode is for you!*

You’re about to hear a recording from the Q+A portion of a class we hosted a couple of months ago, How to Plan, Create, and Execute a Month of Social Media Posts in One Day.

Some of the questions I answer are:

I have two businesses, how do I merge the two on one social media account?
How often should you go live?
Should you post the same thing on multiple platforms?

and you’ll even hear me customize Social Curator caption templates for a Pilates Instructor and a Divorce Life Coach!

I know you’re going to love the questions these business owners asked and of course you’ll also love my raw, tactical advice to help them grow their businesses using social media.

Without further ado, click play now!

If you enjoyed this episode and don’t want to miss another, subscribe to the podcast! This will ensure you get notified of all future episodes *and it also seals the deal that we’re Best Friends Forever. Should I start braiding our friendship bracelets now???*

3 Ways to Create a Better Workflow for Your Business Oct 05, 2021

Does your business ever feel like it’s running you instead of you running it?

*Yea, friend, I’ve been there.*

For years, my business felt so inefficient that it seemed to be happening TO me.

>>It wasn’t until I took control and started establishing better systems that I felt the freedom of business ownership.<<

If you’ve been feeling the same way, in this quick + tactical episode I’m going to give you 3 things I did to establish a better workflow for my business.

Click play to discover them now!

If you need a little extra help managing your time, download my free Productivity Planner! This is the exact system I use to break down big goals into manageable pieces. It’s a system I swear by and now it can be yours, too! Download it at https://www.jasminestar.com/productivity and use it to start creating that new workflow of yours.

Your First Step to Becoming a More Inclusive Leader with Erica Courdae Sep 30, 2021

Y’all, are you ready to lean into a hard topic of conversation with the most empathetic and understanding guest?

*Let’s do this!*

>>Erica Courdae is a 20-year veteran of the beauty industry, salon owner, and DEI coach and consultant and today, she is going to teach us how to be more inclusive leaders in our businesses.<<

*Yes - I just said she’s in the beauty industry AND a diversity coach. This Queen wears a lot of crowns!*

But as a DEI coach, Erica is dedicated to creating a nonjudgmental space where you can explore how your actions, attitudes, and environment support your values and lead to a more inclusive community and world… and that’s what we are discussing today.

In this interview, Erica and I discuss:

How we can be better allies for the black community
How we all can be more inclusive leaders
The power we have as business owners to lead the revolution in a way that larger, top-heavy corporations don’t

and more.

I absolutely love this conversation and I’m sure you will too, so click play now!

If you enjoyed this episode, take a picture of where or how you’re listening to this episode and tag me and Erica in your Instagram Story @jasminestar and @ericacourdae! We would love to personally thank you for tuning in.

What to Do When Someone Rips You Off Sep 28, 2021

Have you ever had someone rip you off?

I have… in fact, I’m having it happen right now.

>>But I’m choosing to believe everything happens FOR me and not TO me… and that’s how I’m able to *bless and release* this experience.<<

Today’s episode is a really juicy “Ask Me Anything” I hosted on Facebook Live in which I dive deep into this topic along with other questions from business owners just like you.

Y’all, the business owners who hung out with us Live showed UP with amazing questions!

In this Facebook Live, you’ll hear me answer questions about:

Should you post captions on Reels?
Should you post Instagram Stories?
How to Avoid Business Regret
What to Do When People Rip You Off

and more.

I LOVED this conversation and I have a funny feeling you will too. Click play >>HERE!<<

If you haven’t heard, Social Curator is open for enrollment! Head to https://www.socialcurator.com/join to start your Social Curator subscription today and receive monthly caption templates, lifestyle photos, instagram story templates and more to market your business on social media. I’ll see you inside our private Community super soon!

What You Need to Know About Creating Content for Your Ideal Client Sep 23, 2021

Believe it or not, you don’t have to be the best in your industry to be successful.

In fact, for a very long time I knew that there were a lot of photographers who couldn't stand the fact that I was mediocre and I was getting awards for my work.

They couldn't stand that I was charging a premium in a luxury market and they said, “She's not even that good.”

*And they were right! I WASN’T good!*

But do you wanna know where our paths veered and mine continued to grow? I became really really good at giving VALUE to the end user.

>>When you know who it is you serve and you serve them an experience that is unparalleled, they will love you and come back for more.<<

So how do you serve your audience with what they NEED? Well Hustler, that’s what this episode is about. Click play to learn all about it!

If you’re ready to start showing up for your business in big ways, take a look at my Social Media Marketing Guide. It is a great way to start marketing the business of your dreams in a big way… FOR FREE! Download it at https://www.jasminestar.com/socialmediaplan and start building the business (and confidence) you’ve always dreamed of.

What If You Can't Monetize Your Passion? Sep 21, 2021

You did it! You finally turned your passion into a business…

But what if it isn’t profitable?

I’ve seen this scenario play out time and time again, and it all comes down to one question:

Are you willing to pursue your passion even if it's not profitable.

There’s no right or wrong answer, friend.

If yes, keep doing it.
If no, keep doing it… but find another way to monetize.

In today’s podcast episode, you’ll hear me coach a fellow business owner on this exact dilemma. You’ll also hear me answer questions on other topics like pivoting your business, training a new VA, and more.

If you’re ready to dive in, click play!

If you’d like to be notified of another random Zoom Q+A and receive inspirational text messages from Yours Truly, head to https://www.jasminestar.com/textme to shoot me a text! Then we’ll be like Thelma & Louise… but, you know… without the guns.

Batching Content to Work Smarter, Not Harder Sep 16, 2021

Do you batch your social media content?

>>Batching is the act of grouping similar tasks together to complete them in the most efficient way possible.<<

For years, the team and I have been batching content for mine and the Social Curator brands, and it has made a WORLD of a difference in our workflow.

It takes so much less time to create content when you plan, organize, and create them at the same time!

That’s why today I want to share with you a Facebook Live I hosted last week, where we discussed how to batch Instagram Stories and Reels to work smarter, not harder.

If creating content for social media is a business task that makes you feel like you’re a one-person circus act juggling 27 fire torches while riding a unicycle, then this episode is PERFECT for you.

So sit back, relax, and listen in!

Friend, if you want to dive even deeper with this content, starting your Social Curator subscription is as easy as:

Starting your subscription at https://www.socialcurator.com/join
Exploring your social media content (each month you receive 30 customizable caption templates, 5 Instagram story sets, a social media Action Plan, and access to a library of 3500+ lifestyle images), and
POST! Social Curator makes it so easy to choose a lifestyle photo, customize a caption template, and download a story set to post on social media in just minutes.

Then, you can kick back and watch a steady stream of likes, comments, and sales come rolling in!

Start your subscription today and I’ll see you inside our private community for this month’s group coaching centered around batching Instagram Stories and Reels.

Facing the Fear of the Unknown when Making a Change in Your Business with Ashley Stahl Sep 14, 2021

Have you ever felt the fear of the unknown when wanting to make a change in your business?

I know I have.

I felt fear when I dropped out of law school.
I felt fear when I became a photographer.
I felt fear when I launched Social Curator.

Despite how scared you may feel, I’m SO excited for you to step past it and into a career you’re excited about and aligned with. And that’s exactly what today’s episode is all about!

My guest today is Ashley Stahl, counter-terrorism professional turned career coach and author of the bestselling book You Turn: Get Unstuck, Discover Your Direction, Design Your Dream Career.

Ashley is an awesome person to help you get clarity on your next career move, and face the fear of the unknown.

Even if you’re not planning to switch jobs or industries, I *know* you can apply Ashley’s insights to other places in your business, such as launching a new product or service.

Without further ado, click play on our conversation now!

If you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, be sure to leave a review on iTunes. Like LLSG PL, who said: “The most productive 12 hour drive, ever! I had a daunting 12 hour drive to do by myself. I took the opportunity to catch up on Jasmine’s podcasts using Bluetooth in the car. I was entertained and educated. I figured some things out as to how I can apply them to my business. The trip did not seem as long after all!. Thank you for being a great co-pilot! I enjoyed our drive.”

Thanks LLSG PL, and thank YOU for listening!

Why is Posting on Social Media So Hard?! Sep 09, 2021

Ugh… Why is posting on social media SO HARD?!

Do you find yourself thinking this every time you sit down to write a post?

I feel you. It was hard for me, too, until the Social Curator Team and I came up with an EASY formula to write your captions.

And, (get this!): we created an easy way to get your followers to engage with them!

>>This chat from a recent Facebook Live is all about making posting on social media easier, faster, and more effective.<<

Ready to dive in? Click play!

You can find the caption template used in this episode here: https://www.jasminestar.com/podcast/episode206.

Use this caption template for YOUR business and be sure to share it with me @jasminestar so I can cheer you on!

3 Tips for Avoiding Burnout in Your Business Sep 07, 2021

Recently, I told JD that I felt burnt out.

We are doing big things in our business, and that takes big energy to bring to fruition.

>>As much as I wanted to continue to push forward towards our dreams, I knew I needed to take a break.<<

Have you ever felt the same, but you continued to burn the candle at both ends? I’ve been there so many times. But over the years, I have learned to rest and not to quit.

But here’s the thing, friend: I know what you’re thinking. ‘Jasmine, I don’t have TIME to take a break. I’m still building my business. I need to make ends meet. I can’t afford to step away.’ etc.

If this is you right now: I see you. I get it. Though I’d love to sit here and tell you to take a week to go to the beach and recharge when your battery is low, I know that isn’t possible for everyone.

Instead, I want to give you 3 actionable tips I’ve learned over the years for you to avoid burnout when you’re in a season of hustle. Click play to hear them!

Want to know more about getting the help you need in your business? I gotchu! å

My free guide, How to Make Your First Hire for Your Small Business is going to walk you through ALL the necessary steps, including the best way to define your new team member’s roles and responsibilities, where and how to create a job opportunity page to receive applications, what questions to ask potential candidates in interviews, and how to onboard your new team member properly. Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/hireyourteam to download the guide and to scale your business to new heights by freeing up your time to focus on revenue-generating tasks!

Hot Instagram Tips for Growth | Manychat Conversations Q+A Sep 02, 2021

Oooooh friend, this episode is one for the books: I’m about to give you some *juicy* Instagram tips!

*Are you as excited as Joey Tribianni is when he sees pizza?!*

What you’re about to hear is a recording from a Q+A I did after my keynote presentation at the Manychat convention, Conversations.

The business owners there asked such amazing questions about business, social media, and everything in between.

There’s nothing I love more than giving practical advice to business owners like you, and I’m so honored you’re allowing me to be your guide and I can’t wait for you to hear it and apply my answers to your own business!

Let’s dive right in by clicking play!

If you enjoyed this episode, let me know on Instagram or Facebook! I can’t wait to connect with you online and continue growing our businesses together.

Tactical Tips for Achieving Balance in Life + Business with Christy Wright Aug 31, 2021

Do you ever feel overwhelmed, overcommitted, and out of balance in your life or business (or both)?

I have certainly experienced my fair share of feeling burnt out and unfulfilled, but I have great news, friend…

>>You CAN take back your time, feel balanced (even in your busy life), AND not feel guilty about it!<<

My guest today is Christy Wright, a #1 national best-selling author, personal development expert, and host of The Christy Wright Show, where she teaches on personal development, business, and faith.

I LOVED hearing Christy’s top tips on:

The path to balance
How business owners can be present and peaceful even in chaotic and busy times
How we can prioritize things that are IMPORTANT when so many things are URGENT

and more.

Are you ready to take back your time? Click play!

Christy’s book, Take Back Your Time, is available for pre-order. I hope you take this as your sign to take control of your schedule and prioritize the balance you so desperately need in your life. It IS possible!

If you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, subscribe from wherever you’re tuning in from today so you never miss another amazing interview, business strategy, or mindset tip.

Building Your Business in Your Spare Time: Five-Minute Actions to do TODAY Aug 26, 2021

Want 3 no nonsense, no fluff, super specific things to do on social media TODAY to build your business in your spare time? I gotchu!

Seriously.. If you have just 5 minutes to market your business on social media today, I’m going to share a recording from a Facebook Live I hosted in which I give you three actions to take to watch your audience begin engaging right before your eyes!

You in?

If so, click play!

If you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, hit the subscribe button friend! When you subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, Spotify, Google Play, Stitcher, or wherever you’re tuning in from it helps me and the team create even more amazing content for you. So subscribe to the show and leave a 5-star review!

Does Motivation Really Exist? Aug 24, 2021

Here’s a question I get often and one I struggle to answer: “How do I get (and stay) consistent on social media?”

If you’ve ever had this question, this episode is for you, friend.

The answer to being consistent is actually quite simple, but it’s not the one you want to hear…

I want to tell you that there’s a magic formula for consistency.
I want to tell you that if you drink a green smoothie every morning, it will make showing up on social media easier.
I want to tell you that meditating for 10 minutes each day will guarantee your success.

But it’s much simpler than that. And also much more difficult. Because let me deal it to you straight:

>>Consistency is an act of discipline. It means you do the work even when you don’t want to… and it DEFINITELY doesn’t mean you rely on “motivation” to show up for your business.<<

If you need a kick-in-the-pants to learn to master the art of discipline, click play!

Your future self will thank you for pushing through.

If this motivational push was exactly what you needed to hear today, I’d be honored if you told me in a 5-star review on iTunes. I look forward to reading your review soon!

Get Personal on Social Media without Making It Awkward | Social Curator Coaching Session Aug 19, 2021

Have you ever wanted to get personal on social media, but were afraid you’d make it *awkward*?

Oh friend, I’ve been there too!

>>It IS possible for you to be vulnerable online without making anyone uncomfortable… and the secret is for you to share from a scar, not a wound.<<

In today’s podcast episode, you’ll hear me go into depth about how to do this in a coaching session I had with a few Social Curator users on everything from leveraging video in your business to getting personal on social media without making it awkward and everything in between.

No matter how many years you’ve been in business or what industry you’re in, every business owner will take something away from this conversation and I can’t WAIT for you to hear it!

Ready to get personal on social media without making it awkward? Click play!

If you enjoyed this episode, leave a review for the Jasmine Star Show on Apple Podcasts! It only takes a few minutes and it makes a HUGE difference to me and our team. To leave a review, simply head to the purple Podcasts app on your iPhone, find the Jasmine Star Show, scroll down to leave a 5 star rating and click “write a review.” We read every single one!

How to Make Creating Content A Part of Your Daily Workflow Aug 17, 2021

WARNING: I’m recording this podcast episode with a bit of a cold. But you know what?

I’m still showing up because I am *dedicated* to serving you with everything I know on how to build a business!

Today’s episode is a recording from a conversation I had with Alex Sanfilippo on Creating A Brand Podcast.

Brand-building is one of my absolute favorite topics, and Alex is a wonderful interviewer.

In our conversation, Alex and I discuss:

How to do an audit of your day to make sure you are maximizing the time you spend to move the needle in your business and extend your brand
How to make creating content a part of your daily workflow
How to master the art of making connections
and more!

I think you’re really going to love this interview, so click play!

For more tips on how to build a brand and market it on social media, download my free Instagram Branding Bundle! This Bundle contains 3 of my most downloaded guides all in one place:

5 Things That Should Be In EVERY Business Owner's Instagram Bio
10 lifestyle photos, 10 caption templates, 3 Instagram Story sets, and a step-by-step guide on how to use them for your business
3 Ways to Take Better Photos for Instagram

Trust me friend, you’re going to LOVE reading these jam-packed guides, watching the video tutorials, and filling out the workbooks to help implement what you’re learning while you up your branding game on Instagram.

To download the bundle, head to https://www.jasminestar.com/branding and I’ll hand-deliver it to your inbox along with a glass of your favorite drink so we can toast to your success… together.

How A Small Audience Can Make A BIG Impact in Your Business Aug 12, 2021

In June of 2021, we decided to--for the first time, and for one hour only--offer the Social Curator Forever Plan.

The Forever Plan was a one time purchase of $1500 and it is all you would ever pay again for a standard Social Curator subscription.

>>Today, I’m taking you on this journey to encourage you to chase your dreams, regardless of who says you can or who says you can’t.<<

This episode explains why we offered the Forever Plan, the results we saw as a result of a small group of people believing in our business, and how you can do the same.

Ready to get inspired? Click play!

Friend, it’s time to commit to the consistency your dreams and ambitions deserve. To start your Social Curator subscription, head to https://www.socialcurator.com/join to invest in yourself, in your business, and in your vision. I can’t *wait* to work alongside you, chasing our dreams together. I’ll see you inside Social Curator soon!

The Difference Between You And A 7 Figure Business Owner Aug 10, 2021

Want to know the difference between YOU and a 7 figure business owner?

As you probably know after over 200 episodes of the Jasmine Star Show, we like to get tactical up in here.

Years ago when I was first building my photography business and I was dreaming of being a 7 figure business owner one day, I used to wonder what set the ‘big’ entrepreneurs apart from the rest, why some people achieve astronomical levels of success and others don’t.

Now, since investing in masterminds, speaking on stages, being on podcasts, and participating in collaborations with many 7 figure business owners, I’ve been able to compile a list of observations about how they’ve got to where they are.

And that’s what I’m going to share with you today!

Ready to dive in? Click play!

Social Curator is OPEN for enrollment and I want to help YOU take your business to the next level. Social Curator is a platform that provides you with group coaching, community accountability, and social media resources including curated lifestyle photos, easy to use caption templates and a proven action plan to build your following each month...so you never have to waste another moment wondering what to post. To join Social Curator, head to https://www.socialcurator.com/join and I’ll see you inside as we turn our passion into profits and cultivate a business mindset.

Be Seen, Stand Out, and Make Sales on Social Aug 06, 2021

Do you want to be seen, stand out, and make SALES on social media?!

Last week, I hosted a Facebook Live chat in which I explained how to beat the algorithm and get your posts seen in order to turn your social media account into money-making machines.

*I can’t WAIT for you to hear it!*

Then, after the training I gave advice to business owners in all different industries on how to make their brand stand out among the rest.

If you’re ready to dive in, click play!

If you want to get even MORE advice, register for my free class, How to Plan, Organize, and Execute a MONTH of Social Media Posts in ONE Day. Not only will I teach you my BEST tips for planning your content in advance, but you’ll also be given an opportunity to come on camera and ask me your questions LIVE! This opportunity is something you don’t want to miss, my friend, so register now at https://www.jasminestar.com/30days!

Let's Chat: How to Speak to Your Ideal Client on Social Media Aug 05, 2021

In our last podcast episode, we discussed how to create social media content for your ideal client.. including tips for identifying who you’re speaking to and how to make your content feel tailor-made for THEM.

So today, I’m sharing a coaching session I had with members of Social Curator workshopping this very topic with them!

In this episode, you’ll hear me answer the following questions:

I know my following likes stuff about ME but do I just talk about me and sprinkle work in?
My clients range from 20s-50s, entrepreneurs to stay at home moms to lawyers and more. How do I speak to all of them?
I know who my ideal client is, but when it comes to social media I do not know how to reach her or talk to her. Any tips?
I’m struggling with knowing what my ideal customer's buying strategy is. What makes them go from a warm lead to on fire and purchasing our box/products?
I sometimes have difficulty speaking to the pain point of my ideal client because I'm afraid for it to come off as criticizing their parenting when parenting a child with autism is challenging enough.

Did you hear a question you have too? Click play!

In my upcoming class How to Plan, Create and Execute a MONTH of Social Media Posts in ONE DAY, I’d love to teach you how to work smarter, not harder, when creating content for your ideal client. If you are ready to market your business on social media and not spend *hours* per week writing captions and choosing the perfect photos, join me for the live class for FREE at https://www.jasminestar.com/30days. I can’t wait to see you there!

The Secret to Creating Content That Attracts Your Ideal Client Aug 03, 2021

Crickets. For the longest time, that’s all I heard after posting on social media.

I put so much time and effort into saying what I thought everyone wanted to hear. And then…nothing. Can you relate?

>>After months of writing, testing, and waiting, I finally discovered a method that changed everything: to just speak to ONE person.<<

Guess what? This realization not only relieved pressure, but made it easier to know what to say!

It’s much easier to connect in a one-on-one conversation than speaking to a crowd.

And here’s the best part: By speaking to one, you (surprisingly) appeal to many!

This episode will not only help you determine WHO your ideal client is, but will also show you HOW you can speak to them on social media in order to make connections, build relationships, and grow your business. Sound like something you’re into? Click play!

Very soon, I’m hosting a FREE class: How to Plan, Create and Execute a MONTH of Social Media Posts in ONE DAY. In it, you’ll learn how to pick the perfect photos to stop your followers’ scroll, what types of captions work best to speak to your ideal customer, and when you should be posting to help you plan 30 days of content in just one day.Remember: you're uniquely qualified to work with certain people, so today I helped you identify them, talk specifically to them on social media, and now I want to help you close the deal: by working as efficiently as possible to get your business in front of their eyes! You can register for the class at https://www.jasminestar.com/30days and I’ll see you then!

7 Ways to Get Out of A Funk in Your Business Jul 30, 2021

I have a question for you… have you ever been in a *funk*?

>>As business owners, it's completely normal to feel overwhelmed and uninspired from time to time.<<

We see it all the time inside the Social Curator Community, and we know that it can be a difficult, uninspiring place to be.

This is why I randomly popped into the private Social Curator Community to teach you 7 of my best tips to get out of a funk FAST…. And that’s exactly what you’re going to hear today because it was too good to keep to ourselves!

So friend, without further ado: here is my Facebook Live inside the Social Curator Community on how to get out of a funk. Click play!

If you’re feeling FIRED UP to get out of funk, get out of the comparison game, and build your business, I would LOVE to help you market your business on social media in my upcoming FREE class, How to Plan, Create, and Execute a MONTH of Social Media Posts in ONE DAY!

In this one-hour masterclass, I will teach you my proven method to batch your social media content once a month by picking the perfect photos, choosing captions that engage your audience, and more. To save your seat, head to https://www.jasminestar.com/30days!

Does the Enneagram Impact Business Success? Ian Morgan Cron Tells All Jul 29, 2021

What’s your Enneagram number?

When I asked that question, I bet one of three things happened:

1. You instantly thought of your Enneagram number (and maybe even your wing, and what it means for your life and business),

2. You thought, “Ugh, I need to take that test…” either again because it’s been awhile, or for the first time, or

3. You thought, “Ennea-what????”

So which one are you?!

The good news is, you are going to LOVE today’s episode whether you’re in camp 1, 2, or 3 because it’s with Ian Morgan Cron, champion of the Enneagram, psychotherapist, and bestselling author!

Ian uses the Enneagram personality-typing system as a tool to help leaders and business owners cultivate self-awareness and emotional wisdom.

>>Today, he’s going to teach YOU what the Enneagram is, why self awareness is crucial to emotional maturity, and how to use your knowledge of the Enneagram to better your business.<<

Y’all, this episode is JUICY and I am so honored to welcome Ian onto the podcast today. Click play to listen in!

If creating content is one of the hardest things you do in your business, you HAVE to join me in my upcoming FREE class How to Plan, Create and Execute a MONTH of Social Media Posts in ONE DAY! I want you to work as efficiently as possible ONE day per month so you can get back to doing what you love. Sound like something you dig? Register at https://www.jasminestar.com/30days and I can’t WAIT to hang out with you!

In A Rut? Let Me Help You! Jul 27, 2021

Raise your hand if you’ve ever gone to create another IGTV video, blog post, podcast episode, newsletter or social media post and the well was empty. Nothing. Nada. Zilch.

Am I the only one raising my hand?!?? (I bet not!)

>>If you’re building a business, it is not a matter of *IF* you will experience a creative rut, but rather *WHEN* it will happen.<<

I have been there before and I know I will be there again in the future, and listen: I know it sucks. As business owners, creativity is our identity. When we lack creativity, we don’t feel like ourselves.

The question is: Will you continue showing up?

This episode is all about how to get out of a creative rut in your business so your work doesn’t feel like work. Ready to get started? Click play!

Before you go, in my upcoming FREE class How to Plan, Create and Execute a MONTH of Social Media Posts in ONE DAY, you’ll learn how to pick the perfect photos, what types of captions work best, and when you should be posting to help you plan 30 days of content in just one day. If you feel creatively blocked when it comes to creating content for your business, you HAVE to join me by registering at https://www.jasminestar.com/30days. I just know you’re going to get your inspiration back so register now and I’ll see you at the LIVE class.

Need A Chip On Your Shoulder? Take Mine. Jul 23, 2021

It’s a little embarrassing for me to admit, but I have a chip on my shoulder… and it surprisingly helps me in business.

It may have started in grade school after breaking my leg and being told I can’t ride a bike...
Maybe it started when people doubted me when I first started my photography career...
Or, it may have started this morning in my cycle class….

>>Regardless of why I have the drive to not let other people’s opinions and estimations of me dictate what I can do, it’s helped propel me forward.<<

That’s why I recorded this bonus episode for you… to help push YOU forward.

I hope that if you have a chip on your shoulder, you let it help your business. And if you don’t have one? Take mine!

I would love more than anything for your mantra today to be: “Watch me do it.”

Ready for some short, kick-in-the-pants Friday motivation? Click play!

My Best Tips for Charging Luxury Prices | Social Curator Coaching Session Jul 22, 2021

If you’ve been tuning in for awhile, you know I like to deal it to you straight…. And that’s exactly what you’re going to hear in today’s coaching session with Social Curator members.

*And my best tips for charging luxury prices? Yes, please!*

In this episode, you’ll hear me answer the following questions:

What kind of content can I create to differentiate myself and stand out as a political candidate?
What would you put in place if you were facing the challenge of closing the deal with my clients who are being advertised by other photographers with cutthroat pricing?
As a Creative, how do you consistently keep talking about the same message without letting your brain tell you it's boring or time to talk about something else new and shiny?
How do you handle changes in your schedule without derailing your whole plan?
As a Real Estate Advisor, I need to find my audience/clientele, and plan to use social media to establish myself as a trusted advisor... How can I achieve this when I live in an area where many other good advisors live?

The business owners you’re about to hear from are who fuel me to get up every single day and help you build the business of your dreams.

I just KNOW this episode is going to fire you up too, so click PLAY on this coaching session with members of Social Curator!

If you loved this episode, please leave a review for the Jasmine Star Show on iTunes. My team and I work so hard to serve you with the best ‘real talk’ business content on the internet and your reviews help get the show in the earbuds of other business owners like you.

How to Create a Brand Experience on Social Media | Park Lane Sparkle Convention Keynote Jul 20, 2021

As you may or may not know, I am often given the honor to speak at conferences, to masterminds, on podcasts and panels… and each time, my presentations are different based on the audience I’m speaking to.

Today’s episode is one such conference--where I teach Park Lane Jewelry stylists how to build a personal brand on social media.

In this keynote, you’ll learn:

How social media has evolved...and how to change with it
How to create a brand experience on social media
The top 3 social media platforms you should be focusing on in 2021

And more!

I know you’re going to learn a TON when hearing this brand new content. So click play NOW on the keynote I gave at the Virtual Sparkle Convention for Park Lane Jewelry!

For more tips on how to build a brand and market it on social media, download my free Instagram Branding Bundle! This Bundle contains 3 of my most downloaded guides all in one place:

5 Things That Should Be In EVERY Business Owner's Bio
10 lifestyle photos, 10 caption templates, 3 Instagram Story sets, and a step-by-step guide on how to use them for your business
3 Ways to Take Better Photos for Instagram

Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/branding to download the bundle and I can’t wait to see how you create a recognizable brand.

3 Things You Can Automate in Your Business TODAY with Becca Berg Jul 15, 2021

If you’re a small business owner, chances are you are ALWAYS looking for ways to work smarter, not harder.

Maybe you’ve started a meal delivery service, or discovered a way to organize your daily schedule more efficiently, or looked into a business management solution… Like Dubsado.

>>My guest today, Becca Berg, is the CEO of Dubsado which is designed to do just that: save you time.<<

Founded in 2016 as just Becca and her husband, Jake, have now grown to a massive team in just five years serving over 25,000 business owners worldwide!

Today, Becca is going to teach you how you can automate aspects of your business using amazing workflow tips.

So, if you’re a fan of working smarter, not harder, click play, my friend… I can’t WAIT for you to hear Becca’s tips!

And if you’re interested in trying out Dubsado for your business, their team has been kind enough to offer Jasmine Star Show listeners 50% off your first month or year! You can start your free trial today at https://www.jasminestar.com/dubsado and use the code JASMINESTAR when you’re ready to upgrade. Enjoy!

BREAKING News: Is Instagram No Longer A Photo-Sharing App? Jul 14, 2021

Today, I’m stoked to share with you this BONUS episode to announce BREAKING news: head of Instagram Adam Mosseri recently shared in an IGTV video about some changes coming to Instagram.

In the video, he begins by saying Instagram is shifting their focus from:

Businesses to creators
Photo to videos
Encouraging offline purchases to leaning into the trend of shopping online
In-person connections to messaging within the app

>>Then, he states: “We are no longer just a square photo-sharing app.”<<

As a result of this announcement, I went Live inside our private Social Curator Community to give our users a heads up about the update, explain what Social Curator is planning to prepare for the changes, and tips for how you can embrace it like a billion-dollar business. And guess what, Hustler? That’s exactly what you’re going to hear today!

Click play to get a sneak peek inside the Social Curator Community and hear my real-time tips about the update!

If you’re ready to change with the times and level up your videos for Instagram and TikTok, download our free Instagram Reels Checklist! In this resource, you’ll learn why I LOVE using Reels to market our business, plus you’ll receive 5 prompts you can use TODAY for your own Instagram Reels, read about our team’s favorite editing effects, watch a step-by-step video tutorial, and more. Download it for FREE at https://www.jasminestar.com/reels and learn exactly how to utilize video to grow your business with the changes coming to Instagram.

2 Secret Ingredients You Need to Create Compelling Social Media Content Jul 13, 2021

“If you had 5 years left to live, what would you stop doing?”

When Chris and Eric Martinez on their podcast, Dynamic Lifestyle, asked me that deep question, I was taken aback.

It forced me to really think about everything I’m doing today… and I realized I wouldn’t change a thing.

>>Every day, I wake up at 4:30am to do what I love and I will never take that for granted.<<

How about you, Hustler? Are you living your dream life?

You’re about to hear this question and MORE on today’s episode with Chris and Eric.

In this interview, we discuss:

2 key secrets you need to create more compelling social media content
Why attention and trust are the 2 main components you need to be able to have people invest in you
Some of the major mental pitfalls within the game of social media and how to avoid it

and more.

Ready to get strategic AND deep? Click play!

If you are ready to level up your social media marketing, I have just the resource for you: my free Instagram Marketing Guide. In it, you’ll learn exactly how you can show up consistently with value-packed content! Download it for free at https://www.jasminestar.com/igmarketing and I can’t WAIT to see how you transform your social media marketing.

Is Social Media Toxic? | Ask Me Anything Jul 08, 2021

Do you think social media is TOXIC?

If you answered yes, I feel you Buttercup… the past year has been hard on everyone in a myriad of ways, and for a variety of reasons.

But you know what?

>>What you consider to be toxic, someone else may think is very insightful.<<

It’s for this reason that in a recent Ask Me Anything episode I hosted on Facebook Live, I recommended you remain undaunted when it’s difficult to be consistent…

Because we grow the most when we get uncomfortable.

In this podcast episode, you’ll hear me elaborate on my thoughts about the toxicity of social media, my advice for pivoting your business, and more.

Ready to dive in? Click play!

If you’d like to attend one of these live Ask Me Anything episodes, you are welcome to join me every Wednesday afternoon on Facebook Live! There, we talk about life, business and everything in between… Just like the podcast, except you actually get to talk back to me! We hope to see you there, friend.

3 Ways to Make Money While Giving Away Your Secrets for Free Jul 06, 2021

I was recently answering questions on an Instagram Live when Letty asked: “Should you give away all your secrets on social media?”

This was a question I had heard before… There are always business owners popping into my DMs asking me similar questions: what’s the difference between free and paid content? And If I give away everything I know for free, then what would be behind the paywall?

>>Here’s my cold, hard answer: I don’t believe in secrets.<<

To hear me break down 3 different PayWall models to keep making money while giving away your business secrets (complete with examples), click play!

So, the moral of the story? Create content that is true, authentic, and relevant. THAT is the one of the best ways to ever get people to pay you…sharing what you know, then offering ways, tools or resources to make it happen with your help is how you can share everything you know and STILL get people to pay you.

If you want to serve and serve well, then you need to start creating CONTENT, and I have the perfect resource for you, friend! My Ideal Client Workbook is just the thing you need to boost your engagement and hone in on the secrets your ideal client is dying to hear! Download it at https://www.jasminestar.com/idealclient and start mind reading today!

One Daily Habit to Transform Your Business Jul 01, 2021

Recently I had the privilege of being a guest on a Live podcast with my friend Suneera Madhani.

Afterward, we answered questions from members of her mastermind, CEO School, and that is what I am excited to share with you today!

In this Q+A, you’ll hear me answer questions on:

Identifying your ideal client
One daily habit I have that is the biggest game-changer for my business
What I would have told myself when I first started out in entrepreneurship

and more!

Plus, you’ll get to hear Suneera’s insights too! Without further ado, click play!

If you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, please leave a review on iTunes to let me know, like ASobering who said, “Such a wealth of knowledge! 🧠 This is one of the most insightful podcasts that I have ever come across! Jasmine does such a great job of sharing her wisdom and I love how she leads meaningful conversations with guests who bring so much experience to the table. you won’t be disappointed!”

Thank you so much ASobering, and thank you for tuning in today. I look forward to reading your review and to talking with you soon!

How to Create a Powerful Brand Story for More Influence, Income, and Impact with Celinne Da Costa Jun 29, 2021

Do you have a brand story?

For the longest time, I thought my ‘brand story’ was how and why I started my business… But over the years, I learned that it is so much more than that.

>>When told in an engaging way, your brand story can actually be a powerful way to connect with your audience and encourage them to buy into the messaging behind what you’re selling.<<

If you don’t have a brand story and want to know what it is, how to create one, and how to share it, you will love my guest today, Celinne Da Costa.

She is a storytelling expert and mindset coach for high-profile entrepreneurs and in this interview, she’s going to SCHOOL us on how to create a powerful brand story for more influence, income, and impact... even if you don't know where to start!

Ready to dive in? Click play!

If you enjoyed this episode, please leave a rating and review on iTunes! My team and I read each and every review and take them to heart so we can keep creating more of what you love. So please, if you have any praise, feedback, or suggestions for the show--please leave them in an iTunes review!

How Much Time Should You REALLY Spend on Social Media? Jun 24, 2021

Question of the Day: How much time should you REALLY be spending on social media to market your business?

Today I’m spilling the tea with you in an interview I had on Gillian Perkins’ podcast, Work Less Earn More.

In this conversation, Gillian asks *tactical* questions about how I outline my social media schedule, how I keep up with responding to all of my comments and DMs, and more.

*Hint: it’s with focused intention and consistency!*

If you’re struggling with a social media schedule or want to know how much time in your day you should be allotting for your social media marketing, this episode is for you. Click play!

If you’d like tips and tricks on how to market your business on social media, I’d love to help you in my Instagram Marketing Guide. In it, you’ll find a way to write scroll-stopping captions, an example of the BEST type of post that gets people talking back to you, as well as an actionable plan to get more engagement. Get the guide for FREE at https://www.jasminestar.com/igmarketing!

I Can't Believe I Just Said That: An Introduction to the Jasmine Star Show Jun 23, 2021

Welcome to the Jasmine Star Show, a conversational business podcast that explores what it really means to turn your passion into a business you love! My name is Jasmine Star, and I’m a photographer and business strategist from Newport Beach, California. After dropping out of law school, I became an internationally recognized creative entrepreneur and later became the founder of Social Curator, a social media resource platform that essentially places a digital marketing agency in your pocket.

Every week on the podcast, I deliver my best business advice with a mixture of real talk, motivation, and (sometimes!) a loving kick in the pants. You can expect raw business coaching sessions, honest conversations with industry peers, and most importantly: a step-by-step plan to empower you to build a brand, market it on social media, and create a life you love.

The Jasmine Star Show has amassed millions of downloads since starting in October 2019 so if you’re looking for a mentor, friend, and a (somewhat crazy!) Latina with a tell-it-like-it-is attitude to give you tactical tips to grow your business, subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show from wherever you’re listening from today.

I can’t wait to have you along for the ride to chase our wild dreams and pursue our goals...together.

Is Your Passion a Business or a Hobby? Jun 22, 2021

Did you ever read a “Choose Your Own Adventure” book when you were a kid?
My twin sister, Bianca, and I used to LOVE these kinds of books in middle school. We would be entertained for hours by Nancy Drew and the Hardy Boys (much to the satisfaction of our very tired parents)!
>>Well friend, today you get to choose YOUR own adventure and decide if your passion is a business or a hobby with the help of this podcast episode!<<
This episode is for you if:
You have a hobby you love and are passionate about but you’re not sure whether you should take the leap of turning it into a business, OR
You’re wondering if your side hustle is something you should turn into a business, or be something you do for fun...with no strings attached.
By the end of this episode, you’ll know if your passion is a business or a hobby, and what you want out of the experience so that it best serves you and your goals!
Ready to choose your own adventure? Click play!
If you know someone who may need this advice, feel free to share this episode with them. I love connecting with passionate business owners and hobbyists alike!

Are Your Friendships Holding You Back In Business? Jun 17, 2021

As you know, so much of life as an entrepreneur is a bit of professional ambitions mixed with a *lot* of emotions, thoughts, and guesses.

>>This is why it can be daunting to make crucial decisions as a business owner, like how to balance your work life and friendships.<<

And here’s the million-dollar question: are your friendships holding you back in business?

The short answer: They can if you let them.
The long answer: ...But you can’t let that deter you from fostering the friendships that mean the most to you.

It all starts with defining what friendship looks like for YOU, friend!

In this recent edition of Ask Me Anything, we discuss how to harness friendships healthily, get WORK DONE, and thrive along the way! Let’s listen in!

For more fiery inspiration like you heard today, join my text community! Every week, I send an inspirational message right to your phone to help you get through the day. To join, simply head to https://www.jasminestar.com/textme to join the community!

Standing Out From the Rest: The Hard Truth Jun 15, 2021

Are you ready for some tough love, friend?

I hope you are, because this episode is jam packed with mindset-heavy advice I gave to business owners just like you in a recent coaching session.

These Social Curator users asked the BEST questions and we really dove deep into not just business issues they’re facing, but we overcame a lot of mindset shifts as well.

We spoke about deep topics, including:

How does an “average” mom get noticed and differentiate herself from the rest of the crowd, and
The best way to make your brand stand out from others that sell the same type of product for a similar audience

>>Because if your mind ain’t right, your business ain’t right Buttercup… that’s just facts.<<

I can’t wait for you to listen in on this amazing conversation, so click play!

If you enjoyed this episode, I’d be honored if you left an iTunes review with your thoughts. Like Candid Liv, who said: “Speechless. I can’t tell you how much I enjoy this podcast! I look forward to it every week, and I’m so grateful for Jasmine’s time and choice to do this. I can’t make a lot of the lives so this helps me go back to the content on a timeline that works for me. You’re amazing!” Thank you, Candid Liv! And I hope to read YOUR review super soon, friend.

How to Build Your Email List: Tips for Creating an Epic Freebie Jun 11, 2021

I have a confession: Sometimes I give advice in a way that doesn’t give you all the answers you need to start implementing it.

For example, in the past I have spoken on the podcast and on social media about why building your email list is important, but I haven’t gotten down into the nitty gritty of how to create an epic Freebie that drives people to your list.

So friend, that is exactly what I’m going to do today!

>>In this episode, I’ll give you the exact steps to build your email list by creating your first Freebie, or Lead Magnet.<<

If you’re new to the email list game or just want to gain insights into my process, you’re bound to take something away from this tactical episode.

Let’s dive in!
By the way, struggling with coming up with a Freebie your audience actually WANTS? I gotchu covered, Hustler! Download my free guide 10 Freebie Ideas to Start Building Your Email List TODAY to ensure you create a freebie that your audience actually WANTS, cultivate an email list you’re proud of and build the business of your dreams. You can grab it for FREE at https://www.jasminestar.com/freebieideas.

How Emotional Intelligence Is Affecting Your Business with Topsie Vandenbosch Jun 10, 2021

Did you know your emotional intelligence is affecting your business?

Whether you like it or not, how you’re feeling about your business (or what you’re AVOIDING feeling about it) is one of the most important factors in your success.

And my guest today, Topsie Vandenbosch, is going to teach you how to crush those toxic thought patterns!

Topsie is a Leadership Mindset Coach for Entrepreneurs and Executives earning 6&7 figures who helps you crush negative thought patterns and behaviors using emotional intelligence + mindset strategies as the foundation.

In this conversation, Topsie is going to cover ALLLL things mindset and how it affects your business as the emotional intelligence QUEEN that she is.

I can’t wait for you to hear our interview, so click play!

If you are ready to make the mindset shifts you need to succeed in business, you need my FREE Mindset Makeover Workbook. It includes 5 crucial mindset shifts you need to make to succeed in business, a powerful exercise that changed everything for me, and a corresponding video to watch whenever you’re feeling lost. Download the Workbook at https://www.jasminestar.com/mindset!

How to Remain Undaunted in Times of Uncertainty Jun 08, 2021

Do you wish you could ask me ANYTHING and get my raw, honest feedback?

Well friend, you absolutely can because every single week, I host an Ask Me Anything session on my Facebook Page.

*It’s one of my FAVORITE times of the week!*

To give you a glimpse of what you’re missing out on, this episode is a recording from one of those very Ask Me Anything sessions with business owners just like you.

In this Q+A, you’ll hear me answer questions about:

PIVOTING Your Business…
Having more than on IDEAL CLIENT…
DELETING old posts…

>>Plus, at the end, I take you to CHURCH with an inspirational, kick-in-the-pants about remaining undaunted despite the challenges that pop up in your business.<<

So friend, if you need a little motivation to start your day, click play (I promise I won’t disappoint)!

And for more short, inspirational, kick-in-the-pants messages like this one, join my text community! Every week, I send marketing tips and motivational texts to start your day. To get them for FREE, head to https://www.jasminestar.com/textme to send me a text and I’ll talk to you soon!

4 Things to Remind Yourself When You Feel Unqualified with Kat Cole Jun 03, 2021

Do you ever feel like an imposter in your industry? Are you constantly pushing away self doubt, insecurities, and the feeling that you’re unqualified?
You’re not alone, friend… And my friend, Kat Cole, can help you!
Kat Cole is a seasoned executive and leader with deep expertise building global brands, businesses, and high performing teams. As a board member, investor, and advisor, she has broad experience in leading consumer brands, food, retail, and scaling franchise organizations through various stages of growth.
In this interview, Kat and I discuss:

What Kat has learned from her experience to help business owners (who make more than $20 million per year) scale their endeavors,
If she were starting a business today, her top recommendations to make money FAST,
As Kat is building a personal brand, how she is leveraging platforms like Clubhouse,

And so much more!

I know you’re going to love it… so click play!
As a reminder, if you loved this episode, please subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show from wherever you’re tuning in from today! This will guarantee you never miss another episode and it will make my heart BURST with gratitude.

What to Do When You Don't Know What to Do Jun 02, 2021

Not sure what to do? I feel you, friend.
Oftentimes as entrepreneurs, struggle to figure out what the right next step is in our business is and it can lead to us feeling stuck, overwhelmed, and confused.
But I’m here to help you, Hustler...
>>This episode is my off-the-cuff message for the future me (and the current YOU) to help you decide what to do when you don’t know what to do.<<
Are you familiar with the story of The Tortoise and the Hare?
Well, whether you feel like your business is at a standstill or it’s moving too slowly, I want you to know that it’s *okay* to be the tortoise in a world full of hares.
*In fact, it’s better to move slowly and intentionally than quickly and sporadically!*
If this is resonating with you, listen to my motivational message by clicking play and I’ll see you on the other side, friend.

Can You Actually Make Money Being Creative? Jun 01, 2021

Want to hear all of my best personal branding tips wrapped up in one podcast episode with a *bow* on top?

Today, I’m so excited to share just that: an interview I had on Brandon Birkmeyer’s podcast, Brands on Brands.

Brandon is a great interviewer, and I can’t wait for you to hear our discussion about:

My best tips for building a personal brand
Going on a journey of self discovery
The difference between being creative and monetizing your brand
How to be consistent

And more.

Ready to find out whether or not you can be creative and ACTUALLY make money? Click play!

If you’d like to dive deeper into how to build a recognizable brand on social media and stand out from your competitors, serve your audience well, and turn your Instagram account into a money-making machine…. I can help you with my Branding Bundle!

This Bundle contains 3 of my most downloaded guides all in one place:

5 Things That Should Be In EVERY Business Owner's Bio
10 lifestyle photos, 10 caption templates, 3 Instagram Story sets, and a step-by-step guide on how to use them for your business
3 Ways to Take Better Photos for Instagram

Trust me friend, you’re going to LOVE reading these jam-packed guides, watching the video tutorials, and filling out the workbooks to help implement what you’re learning while you up your branding game on social media.

To download the bundle, head to https://www.jasminestar.com/branding and I can’t wait to see how you create a recognizable brand.

Tips for Pitching Yourself On A Podcast with My Producer, Kristi Smith May 27, 2021

If you’re listening to this episode, there’s a good chance you love listening to podcasts as much as I do.
Podcasts have been the best thing to bless my ears since Rhianna and Beyonce’s fierce music. *And both of them are Irreplaceable…get it?!*
I listen to podcasts in the car, while I work out, while I get ready for the day… sometimes I even listen to them while I’m just chilling out at home.
If you love listening to podcasts, chances are you’ve heard an episode or two with a guest contributor. It’s a very popular format for podcasts nowadays!
This is because podcast guests provide value not only for the podcast host by sharing their unique insights, but also for themselves as free advertising.
>>Podcasts are a great way to get your name out into the world, even if it’s only through a listener’s headphones.<<
So if you’re a lover of podcasts and have the desire to pitch yourself to be a guest on a podcast, click play!
Want a completely FREE podcast pitch email template? Check it out in the show notes for this episode HERE: https://www.jasminestar.com/podcast/episode176

Tough Love: You Need to Be More Confident (and Here's How!) May 25, 2021

Real Talk: you need to be more confident!
>>Whether it’s recording videos, creating new content for your clients/customers or putting yourself out there for collaborations and podcast interviews, confidence is a huge part of owning a business.<<
And today, I want to give you tangible tips on HOW!
In this coaching session, you’ll hear me answer questions on:

How to figure out what revenue stream will be most valuable to your audience and bring you the most reliable income
How you can become known for one thing, while splitting your time and attention into two businesses
How I overcame moments of struggle, and tips for believing in in yourself to chase your dreams
What exercises or practices you can put into place so that to be more confident in your business, and
How you can create fans of your brand when you’re not in a "sexy" industry

I can’t wait for you to be a fly on the wall of this amazing coaching session, so click play!
As always, thank you for listening and I hope you have a wonderful rest of your day. I’ll see you on Thursday for a special episode with my Podcast Producer all about how to pitch yourself for a podcast. If you’re ready to get more eyes (and ears!) on your business, make sure you’re subscribed to the Jasmine Star Show so you don’t miss it!

How to Convert Engagement Into Sales May 20, 2021

Are you getting engagement, but having trouble converting it into sales?
You’re not alone, friend… In fact, Bradley had the same question!
The answer lies in a Q+A I did after my live class a few months ago, How to Beat the Algorithm.
These business owners in all different industries from all over the world had some pretty amazing questions, including:

What’s the first step to start marketing your business from 0 followers?
Are likes the least impactful for engagement?
How can I convert engagement into sales?
Why did my engagement drop after doubling the amount of content I’m creating?

Curious to hear my answers? Click play!
And to learn more about what we do at Social Curator, head to https://www.socialcurator.com to visit our website. There, you’ll learn how we’ve helped over 25,000 business owners build a brand and market their business using social media, and you can even get a sneak peek of the resources we provide every month and join the waitlist to know when we are open for enrollment again!

Rant: Don't Talk to My Friend That Way! May 19, 2021

The other day, I got off a Zoom call with several of my girlfriends and as I shut my laptop I thought to myself, “I don’t know how easy it is to be my friend.”
I don’t say this to make them feel bad,
>>What I noticed is that often when my friends come to me with a problem, I respond as if it’s a Social Curator coaching session.<<
Every time I speak to them, I end up using our signature QUAA method (Question, Underlying Question, Answer, Accountability)... and sometimes the advice I give them isn’t what they want to hear.
By you see, I love my friends so much that I say things they need to hear… and that is exactly what this episode is for you.
I don’t know what you’re going through right now, but you are supposed to listen to this podcast today. Get some inspiration and click play!

How to Turn One Piece of Content Into Ten May 18, 2021

Have you heard the phrase, “Work smarter, not harder”?
Of course you have!
But here’s my question for you: have you applied this sentiment to social media?
>>The truth is, there are so many business owners who spend a lot of time creating content but they don’t do it efficiently.<<
These Hustlers are constantly brainstorming ways to bring value to their audience and creating multiple pieces of content per week, but this is not necessarily the best way to approach social media. (Does this sound familiar??)
That’s why I recommend creating just ONE main piece of content per week that is repurposed in multiple ways across all of your social media platforms.
If you’re ready to work smarter, and not harder, click play to learn how to turn one piece of content into ten. I’ll lead the way!
This episode contains a corresponding workbook, How to Turn One Piece of Content Into 10 with My Proven Repurposing Strategy. Not only does it explain my proven repurposing strategy, but the last two pages contain a list of social media platforms and business tools you can choose as platforms to post your content, and a Content Repurpose Checklist you can print and use each week to help you keep track of your content repurposing efforts. You can grab the FREE workbook at https://www.jasminestar.com/repurpose.

Social Media: Underrated or Overrated? May 13, 2021

Is social media marketing OVERRATED in 2021?!

I’ll be answering that burning question and MORE in today’s episode from an interview I had with Mark Savant on his podcast, The After Hours Entrepreneur.

In this interview, Mark and I discuss:

How to come up with a clear call-to-action that your audience will ACTUALLY engage with,
The top 3 ways I recommend communicating with your audience,
How entrepreneurs can rebrand as our business evolves,

And more!

I know you’re going to love this conversation, especially the “Under or Overrated” game Mark and I played towards the end of the interview.

*Let me tell you, those questions had me sweating, y’all!*

Ready to dive in? Click play!

Did you enjoy this episode of the Jasmine Star Show? If so, I’d like to invite you to enter to win one of 3 Social Curator Annual Memberships by partaking in a CONTEST I’m having! To enter, simply leave a review on Apple Podcasts, screenshot your kind words and head to https://www.jasminestar.com/reviewcontest. There, you can enter into the contest for FREE where I will be choosing 3 lucky winners to get an annual membership of Social Curator (a $499 value!)! So leave a review and enter the contest before submissions close Friday, May 14th. I wish you the best of luck, friend!

How to Get End-of-Year Results in 15 Minutes May 11, 2021

In December 2020, I wrote a letter to myself.
I created a vision for who I would be on December 31, 2021.
*But here’s the kicker, friend: I wrote as if it had ALREADY happened.*
In it, I wrote about how Social Curator had hired our first Chief Technical Officer, and they had helped us bring the business to new heights.
Little did I know, we would hire our CTO just 4 months later after a series of serendipitous conversations and connections.
>>This is what I invite you to do today, my friend… Write a letter to yourself dated December 21, 2021, and describe all of the things you have accomplished this year.<<
I promise you: You will be AMAZED at how it affects your actions, and the outcomes of your dreams.
Want to learn how to do this? Click play!
Do you want to win a FREE Annual membership to Social Curator (or get your current Annual membership comped)? *Oh, I know you do!* We are having a contest for listeners of my podcast, the Jasmine Star Show, and there will be 3 lucky winners who receive FREE access to Social Curator for one year (and YOU could be one of them!) Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/reviewcontest to enter for a chance to win!

How to Keep Your Followers From Simply Scrolling to Actually Engaging May 10, 2021

Do you remember a few months ago when I hosted my free class, How to Beat the Algorithm?

That class was only offered Live, but I *did* want to give you a sneak peek into some of the amazing coaching I did during the Q+A portion of the class.

The business owners on the call had the BEST questions on topics like:

Personal branding for a physical product
Having your ideal client seeing your content
Transitioning followers on Instagram into paying clients
Handling the tricky adjustment from working in person to online

Sound like some questions you have too? Hear my answers by clicking play!

If you love the Jasmine Star Show, I’d like to invite you to enter to win one of 3 Social Curator Annual Memberships by partaking in a CONTEST I’m having! To enter, simply leave a review on Apple Podcasts, screenshot your kind words and head to https://www.jasminestar.com/reviewcontest. There, you can enter into the contest for FREE where I will be choosing 3 lucky winners to get an annual membership of Social Curator (a $499 value!)! So leave a review and enter the contest before submissions close Friday, May 14th. I wish you the best of luck, friend!

Instagram Update: What Is Alt Text and Should You Add It to Your Posts? May 06, 2021

Every day, Instagram updates its platform with bug fixes, improvements, and new features.
Because of this, as business owners we have to constantly be aware of them to change our strategy too!
That’s why you can always count on me to keep you updated on all things Instagram: what changes are coming to the platform, and most importantly how to leverage these changes to grow your business.
In this recording of an Ask Me Anything session I hosted on Facebook Live, we’re chatting about ALT Text on Instagram… an important feature of the app you may not have been aware of.
*See? I got your back, Buttercup!*
In addition to ALT Text, I also answer questions on:
The best way to manage your time
Finding your purpose/defining your “why”
Whether or not your captions can be too long
And that’s just the tip of this social media iceberg, friend! Click play on this business Q+A to get ahead of the curve!
If you love the Jasmine Star Show, I’d like to invite you to enter to win one of 3 Social Curator Annual Memberships by partaking in a CONTEST I’m having! To enter, simply leave a review on Apple Podcasts, screenshot your kind words and head to https://www.jasminestar.com/reviewcontest. There, you can enter into the contest for FREE where I will be choosing 3 lucky winners to get an annual membership of Social Curator (a $499 value!)! So leave a review and enter the contest before submissions close Friday, May 14th. I wish you the best of luck, friend!

How to Double Your Business without Doubling Your Hours with Theresa Loe May 04, 2021

Friend, are you feeling overworked and overwhelmed in your business?
If so… this is the conversation for you.
Theresa Loe is a leadership and business coach who helps business owners like you streamline their business operations and build self-managed teams so that they can finally get their time back AND scale with ease.
Today, Theresa and I discuss:

How to take control of your life but not let customers down
The signs someone is ready to begin team-building,
What the process is to start building a team,
The biggest struggle business owners face when starting their team,
And more!

Friend, I can’t WAIT for you to hear this conversation because I have a feeling when we’re done, you’ll realize that starting a team is more in reach than you ever thought possible. Ready? Click play!
Did you enjoy this episode of the Jasmine Star Show? If so, I’d like to invite you to enter to win one of 3 Social Curator Annual Memberships by partaking in a CONTEST I’m having! To enter, simply leave a review on Apple Podcasts, screenshot your kind words and head to https://www.jasminestar.com/reviewcontest. There, you can enter into the contest for FREE where I will be choosing 3 lucky winners to get an annual membership of Social Curator (a $499 value!)! So leave a review and enter the contest before submissions close Friday, May 14th. I wish you the best of luck, friend!

My #1 Piece of Business Advice to Achieve Success Apr 29, 2021

Do you want to know what my #1 piece of business advice is?
No, it’s not to get a business coach, read a bunch of self-help books, or make a social media content calendar...
It’s to start each day with a gratitude list.
People typically hear that and they say “Jasmine, where am I going to find the time to make a list like that?!” My answer is always this: You have time when you make time.
Every day, just spend 5 minutes thinking of small things that you are thankful for, such as your electric toothbrush, fridge filled with food, and the ability to pick up the phone and call your mom or dad. It is super calibrating.
>>So friend, focus on getting excited about doing more, but avoid getting overwhelmed by feeling grateful for how far you’ve come.<<
For even more inspiration and advice, click play! And if you enjoy this episode, please subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show for more content like this! I love inspiring you to be the best you can be in your business.

Starting a Podcast to Build Your Business Apr 27, 2021

Have you ever wanted to start a podcast to promote your product or service?
Since starting the Jasmine Star Show in October of 2019, I have fallen in love with the art of podcasting and I bet you will too.
That’s where today’s episode comes in!
You’re about to hear an exclusive recording from an interview I had on Sarah Mikutel’s show, Podcasting Step By Step.
In this episode, you will learn:
My podcast strategy, including who my ideal listener is and the kind of content the team and I are creating to help and empower her — and how this content is evolving;
The difference between my free and paid content;
the importance of having an email list to nurture your audience, and more.
This was such an amazing interview and I just HAD to share it with you. Click play!
If you enjoy listening to the Jasmine Star Show, leave a review on iTunes and you just might be the next listener I give a public shout out to in the next episode, like NYUCLA!

3 Tips to Build a Personal Brand on Social Media Apr 22, 2021

Are you wondering how to build a personal brand on social media to market your business?
*You’re in for a treat, friend!*
Today’s episode is an exclusive recording from when I was a guest presenter for my friend Cathy Heller’s coaching program, Made To Do This.
In it, I discuss how to build a brand on social media, as well as answer a few questions from her cohort including:
When do I reach out to my inner circle for support of my business?
How much of my sad/messy story should I share online?
How do I teach my audience without coming across as a know-it-all?
I have nothing but love and respect for Cathy and I hope you enjoy listening to her insights as well. Click play!
Since this entire discussion revolved around mindset, it got me thinking… are you ready to tackle your limiting beliefs and make the mindset shifts you need to succeed in business?
If so, you need my FREE Mindset Makeover Workbook. It includes 5 crucial mindset shifts you need to make to succeed in business, a powerful exercise that changed everything for me, and a corresponding video to watch whenever you’re feeling lost. Download the Workbook at https://www.jasminestar.com/mindset!

Tired and Overwhelmed? This Is For You! Apr 20, 2021

Should you add hashtags to old posts?! Feeling exhausted and don't know where to go next?! I'm answering these questions and MORE in today's episode: a recording from an Ask Me Anything video I hosted on Facebook Live!
I love sharing these branding and marketing questions with you here on the podcast because chances are, if someone else has a question, you might have it too.
In this conversation, I answer questions about:

How to get followers to ask and answer questions on your posts,
If you can target multiple ideal clients for your business,
Whether or not you should add hashtags to old posts,

And so much more!

Ready to dive in? Click play!
In this conversation, we talk a lot about hashtags and I want to let you know I have a free Hashtag Strategy Guide you can download to develop the strategy that’s right for you! In it, you’ll learn the 4 types of hashtags you need to be using for your business, a space for you to brainstorm the right ones, and an additional video tutorial. Download the guide for FREE at https://www.jasminestar.com/hashtagstrategy!

How to Grow Your Business with Instagram Guides Apr 15, 2021

Did you ever wish all of the tips and tricks, best advice, and recommendations from your favorite Infleuncer or Industry Leader could be found in one place?
I know I’ve thought on more than one occasion that would be so much easier instead of scrolling through their feed trying to THAT post...and your audience thinks that too!
Which was why I was *ecstatic* to hear about the introduction of Instagram Guides. Instagram Guides are curated groups of posts, products, or places that you can offer your audience.
With this feature, you have the ability to consolidate content around specific topics to act as a resource, making it easier for your account (and your content) to get discovered.
Click play to learn how to use Instagram Guides to get your content in front of your dream customer’s eyes, and learn how to plan out your first Instagram Guide in today’s jam-packed episode!
Download the corresponding workbook to this episode that will help you implement everything you’re learning, Your First Instagram Guide! You can download this workbook for free at https://www.jasminestar.com/guides.

A Wake Up Call from the Emergency Room Apr 13, 2021

Friend, are you feeling down, overwhelmed with the state of the world, or just having a hard week?
>>If so, this episode is guaranteed to give you HOPE.<<
When I was exhausted, overworked and underpaid several years ago, I had a wake up call from the emergency room that completely changed my life and business…
And I can’t wait to share that experience and what I learned from it with you today.
I promise it’s exactly what you need to get through a difficult day, week, month, or year!
Ready to turn your feelings of hopeLESS into hopeFUL? Click play!
If you can’t get enough of this type of inspiration, motivation, and real talk, you should TOTALLY join my text community! Every single week I send inspirational texts from the heart that will make you feel like you do right now: like you just breathed in a wonderful breath of fresh air. Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/textme to send me a text and prepare to get inspired every single week!

When Being the Worst Sets You Up for Being The Best Apr 08, 2021

When I was first starting my photography career, I had no idea how to hold a camera.
But in just 3 years, I was voted one of the top 10 wedding photographers in the world.
Despite strangers and peers whispering, “She’s not even good at photography,” behind my back, I pursued my dreams… and you know what, Buttercup?
Being the worst set me up for being the BEST.
That’s exactly what I recently discussed in an interview I had with Katie from the Sasha Group on their podcast, Building While Flying, and I know you’re going to love it.
Katie was an incredible interviewer and it was an honor to be on Building While Flying, so click play to dive in!
If you’d like to dive deeper into how to build a recognizable brand on social media and stand out from your competitors, serve your audience well, and turn your Instagram account into a money-making machine…. I can help you with my Branding Bundle! Trust me friend, you’re going to LOVE reading these jam-packed guides, watching the video tutorials, and filling out the workbooks to help implement what you’re learning while you up your branding game on social media. Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/branding to download the bundle and I can’t wait to see how you create a recognizable brand.

3 of The Hardest Lessons I’ve Learned As A Business Owner Apr 06, 2021

“The only way we move past fear of failure is to put ourselves out again and again until the sting disappears.”

This quote by my friend Lewis Howes really sums up the big “F” word: Failure.

It’s not a hot topic to talk about, and it isn’t easy to admit. Failure used to be my biggest fear. I used to define my life based on successes and failures, wins and losses, like life was some big scoreboard… But then I had a mindset shift.

I realized that failures were just lessons in disguise, and if you look at each experience (good or bad) as a lesson, you’ll get MUCH more out of it than chalking it up to a success or failure.

With this simple shift, I’m able to pursue my passion and, like Lewis said, put myself out there again and again, no matter the result.

Today, I’m going to give you a candid look at my three greatest business failures (AKA LESSONS!) and what I learned from them with the hope that you can learn from them too.

Click play to jump right in!

For short, inspirational, kick-in-the-pants messages like you so often hear on the podcast, join my text community! Every week, I send marketing tips and motivational texts to start your day. To get them for FREE, head to https://www.jasminestar.com/textme to send me a text and I’ll talk to you soon!

Imposter Syndrome: Why Sophia Amoruso Thinks It's Good for Business Apr 01, 2021

Have you ever heard the term “Girl Boss”?

*I bet you have!*

Today, I’m about to introduce you to the powerhouse woman that made the term common: Sophia Amoruso.

In our conversation, we discuss:

Why she thinks Imposter Syndrome is good for business
How Sophia’s wildly successful career was filled with the lowest of lows
How she dealt with major press backlash
And so much more.

I can’t wait for you to hear this interview, so click play!

Sophia and I are in a mastermind with a few other business owners. Every six weeks, we commit to meeting for 90 minutes to set goals, ask for help overcoming roadblocks, or to see a situation from a different perspective. It’s collaborations like these that have grown my business exponentially over the last few years and I’m so grateful for them!

If you’d like to do the same, I’d love to help you! For 10 ideas to spark inspiration for your next collaboration and a checklist to help keep your efforts on track, head to https://www.jasminestar.com/collaboration to download my free workbook: How to Collaborate with Another Business Owner!

What It Takes To Get Your Business To The Next Level Mar 30, 2021

Are you ready to GROW your business to the next level in the second quarter of 2021?!
If so, I can’t WAIT to help you!
>>Today’s episode is an incredible interview I had with my friend Paul Daly on his podcast, Clarity Compressed.<<
In our conversation, we talk about:

How to stay motivated
How to think big
What it takes to get your business to the next level
And more!

I know you’re going to love it, so click play!
If you love listening to the Jasmine Star Show and I have ever given you any value in your business journey, please be sure to subscribe to this podcast and leave a review. I love connecting with you!

Is Instagram Removing Likes? Mar 25, 2021

Is Instagram removing Likes?!
>>Every day, Instagram is rolling out brand new algorithm updates and a social media and business strategist, my mission is to keep you up to date.<<
That’s why I go live on Instagram, Facebook, and Clubhouse multiple times a week to answer your questions…
And that’s exactly what you’ll hear today. Click play!
If you can’t get enough of my motivation, marketing tips and real talk, you should TOTALLY join my text community! This number is a direct line to ME for you to get your questions answered, receive business advice and weekly inspirational texts. Simply go to https://wwww.jasminestar.com/textme to send me a text and get in on the fun!

A Case for Using Linkedin (Yes, You Can!) Mar 23, 2021

I’ve got a little secret, Hustler, and it might surprise you: LinkedIn is NOT just for job seekers and corporate America!
>>If you’re wanting to connect with more customers, this seemingly unlikely marketing platform should be your new best friend.<<
I dove headfirst into learning the best-kept secrets of LinkedIn and I am SHOOK, so of course I have to share them with you!
EVEN IF you don’t think LinkedIn is for you, I invite you to listen to my strategy because you can use the same approach on any social platform.
In this episode, I’m going to give you a map to my growth leading to thousands of new connections with prospective customers on LinkedIn...and you can use these same strategies to grow your own business using the platform.
Become one of the few people using these marketing strategies and click play!
If you’d like more strategic advice on creating copy that sells, make sure to get your hands on my Branding Bundle, which includes my proven methods on creating copy that converts. I promise you will find it so helpful in driving engagement on LinkedIn...and across all social platforms! Download the Branding Bundle for free at https://www.jasminestar.com/branding!

How to Stay Focused in Chaos Mar 18, 2021

Hustler, are you balancing multiple businesses and aren’t sure how to get everything done?
*If you’re nodding your head, you really ARE a Hustler!*
If so, I can completely relate to you.
>>In 2015-2016, I was running a wedding photography business, I was teaching other photographers how to run their businesses, and that was when I also started my subscription, Social Curator.<<
Because I was juggling so many businesses, I learned a lot of time management skills to ensure everything got done despite the chaos… and that is just one of the tips you’ll hear in today’s episode.
Click play to tune in to this replay of an Ask Me Anything I hosted on Facebook Live!
Friend, thank you so much for listening to the Jasmine Star Show today. If you enjoyed this episode, please subscribe to the podcast from wherever you’re listening today so you never miss another episode. The team and I work SO hard creating the best business content for you and every subscription, every review, every 5 star rating means SO much to us.

Overcoming Business Hurdles with Rob Felder Mar 16, 2021

Are you sick of the “same old” mindset strategies?
>>Today, my guest is Rob Felder, the CEO of FelderWorks, and he’s about to school you on a whole new level when it comes to cultivating a healthy mindset in business.<<
In this conversation, Rob shares:

How to not “leave your heart at home”
The importance of a healthy mindset in business
What his mission is as a career coach
and more!

Rob is clearly a man of my own heart so I’m so excited for you to hear our conversation today. Click play to dive in!
If you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, take a screenshot, post it on your Instagram story and tag us @jasminestar and @rbfelder. When you share this podcast with other business owners, it allows me to help even more entrepreneurs build the business of their dreams! xo

My 3-Step Approach to Uplevel Your Business Mar 11, 2021

Do you ever feel like no matter how much you’re spinning your wheels, no matter how many courses you take or to-do list items you check off you keep ending up exactly where you were when you started?
I have good and bad news…
The bad news: you’re likely stuck because you have limiting beliefs that are holding you back in life and business.
The good news: I can help you become aware of your limiting beliefs, take ownership of them, and rewrite these thoughts to better serve you!
Click play to learn how because friend, I believe you will do big things. I believe you’ll change the word with your business and change even more lives, too.
And I want to be a part of your journey, to help you get your voice out into the world, and connect with your ideal client in powerful ways.
And I CAN support you, if you’ll let me, inside Social Curator, my monthly subscription for hustlers like you who want to use social media to grow your business to the next level.
If this sounds like the kind of support you need, I’d be honored for you to join us during open enrollment at https://www.socialcurator.com/join!
Don’t miss your chance to have a plan, get support, and make more sales using social media. Join Social Curator before this Friday, March 12th at 5pm PST and I’ll see you inside our 5 days of live, members-only classes next week. I can’t wait!

How to Beat the Algorithm Mar 09, 2021

As business owners, all we want is to showcase what we do but it seems like the algorithm is making us jump through hoops to do it.

Can you relate, friend?

If you can, I have good news: your posts CAN be seen by your dream customer… even if you don’t have a million followers, a picture-perfect life, or TikTok dance moves. *I sure don’t!*

I can prove it in today’s episode, a recording of my free Masterclass: How to Beat the Algorithm! Click play >>HERE<< to get allll the deets on how to get seen, stand out, and make sales!

And if after you listen you’re ready to save time, grow your business…and not feel like a slave to your social media accounts, then Social Curator’s got you covered!

Social Curator is a platform that provides you with group coaching, community accountability, and social media resources including curated lifestyle photos, easy to use caption templates and a proven action plan to build your following each month...so you never have to waste another moment wondering what to post.

To join Social Curator, head to https://www.socialcurator.com/join and I’ll see you inside our private Facebook community for members-only live classes that begin next week!

A Behind the Scenes Look at Project Creation Mar 08, 2021

Want to take a look behind the scenes of how our team created a MASSIVE new feature of Social Curator?
*I thought so!*
In this episode, you’ll hear:
The ins and outs of what it took to create the Social Curator Photo Gallery,
The biggest lessons the team and I learned throughout the process,
Key takeaways you can learn when creating something new in your business,
Add more!
I know you’re going to learn a LOT from this episode, so click play!
As you can probably guess, here at Social Curator our mission is to empower business owners to showcase what makes them unique on social media… and that’s why we do what we do.
This Gallery Launch may not have been the easiest project but it is WORTH IT to give our users everything they need to show up.
If you like what you hear on the podcast today and want to join us on the inside Social Curator, enrollment is open TODAY! Start your subscription at https://www.socialcurator.com/join before enrollment closes this Friday, March 12th at 5pm PST and I can’t WAIT to be a part of your business journey!

“Doing It Myself” Was The Reason I Was Losing Mar 04, 2021

Did you know the biggest obstacle standing between your business and its success is YOU?

Of course, there are many unknown variables and outside factors that come into play, but YOU get to determine the path to reach your own version of success.

So brilliant, thought-provoking soul, step aside, and get out of your own way.

Embrace the uncomfortable...and keep moving forward.
Choose the hard work...and keep moving forward.
When you’re feeling overwhelmed, ask for HELP… and you’ll keep moving forward.

Because you know what, friend? You won’t get the help you don’t ask for.

This episode is about all the times I asked for help… and it’s a reminder for you to do the same. Click play to get the inspiration you need to make it through the week!

Do you have the courage to get help? I’m here to help you wherever I can, and today that means signing up for free class, How to Beat the Algorithm. Why?

I want to help you be seen, stand out, and make more sales using social media.

In this one hour class, you’ll learn:

How to get your posts seen by your dream customer
The best way to get your followers to talk back to you
My secret to getting a small audience to make a BIG impact in your business
...and more!

To get the help you need, save your seat for this free one hour masterclass at https://www.jasminestar.com/liveclass and I’ll see you there!

THIS Is Why Your Followers Aren’t Buying Mar 02, 2021

Did you know your voice is your superpower?
I’m here to tell you my friend: The world needs to hear you. Yes, you!
In fact, you not stepping into your power is why your followers aren’t buying from you.
>>When you embrace, own, and USE your voice this world is a better place - and your business only gets stronger.<<
That’s why I decided to record this flash fire, kick-in-the-pants episode to motivate you to get your voice out into the world. Click play to hear me deal it to you straight!
The world needs to hear from you, and I want to help you get your message out into the world in my free class, How to Beat the Algorithm.
If you’re feeling inspired and empowered to get your voice out into the world, I’d be honored to be your guide. Save your seat for How to Beat the Algorithm at https://www.jasminestar.com/liveclass!

How to Build Momentum in Your Business When You Feel Stuck Feb 25, 2021

The BEST Social Media Strategies to Be Seen, Stand Out, and Make Sales In 2021 Feb 23, 2021

Hey Hustler, I have a few questions for you...

Do you wish you could be seen, stand out, and make more sales on social media?
Wanna know what you should be doing DIFFERENTLY on social in 2021?
Are looking for fool-proof strategies to uplevel your business on the hottest platforms of the year? (Spoiler Alert: Instagram ISN’T one of them!)
Do you want to know how to make all of your social media platforms work together to maximize your time spent creating content?

If you found yourself nodding along to one or more of these questions, then you’re in for a treat my friend!

>>I know you want tactical, step-by-step and practical tips for getting seen, standing out, and making sales using social media in 2021 and that’s exactly what I’m going to give to you today.<<

I hope you find this episode helpful because, in case you’re new here and don’t know, mine and the Social Curator Team’s purpose is to see 10,000 business owners break six-figures by 2023. Will you be one of them? Click play!

I’d love to help you EVEN MORE in just 2 weeks, when I’m hosting a FREE Masterclass: How to Beat the Algorithm. And I want YOU to have a front row seat!

In this one hour class, you’ll learn:

How to get your posts seen by your dream customer
The best way to get your followers to talk back to you
My secret to getting a small audience to make a BIG impact in your business
...and more!

Sound like a plan? Save your seat at https://www.jasminestar.com/liveclass and we’ll solidify your 2021 social media strategy… together.

Revisiting the Moment That Changed My Life Forever Feb 18, 2021

You may remember that one year ago, I created a podcast episode about how we adopted our daughter, Luna Sol.

It was--hands down--the BEST day of our lives… and today’s podcast episode is revisiting that beautiful day we became a family.

From letting you in on how we celebrated my daughter’s birthday to cheesy recordings of us reading to her, singing with her, and laughing during bath time with her… this episode is about to get REAL!

Click play to join us in celebrating this momentous occasion… and to express gratitude for the journey, whatever one you may be on yourself.

Friend, it’s an honor to connect with you in such a personal way. Nothing would mean more to me than to continue to grow together, so please subscribe to this podcast and leave a review...this helps me connect with other people so we can continue chasing big dreams together. xo

What You Need to Sell Without Being Salesy Feb 17, 2021

Are you worried about sounding “salesy” when talking about your product or service?

I have great news Buttercup: If you’re worried about sounding “salesy,” then you probably aren’t.

Because if you’re in the mindset of wanting to serve your audience rather than sell, you’re golden, Ponyboy!

In this episode, you’ll hear me answer questions on:

How to sell without being “salesy”
The best way to manage time when creating and editing videos
How to provide immense value to your social media audience
What to do if you can’t find a way to make your passion profitable,
How to incorporate Clubhouse into your social media strategy,

...And more!

Click play to dive in!

And friend if you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, please rate, review, and subscribe to the podcast from wherever you’re tuning in from today! They help the Jasmine Star Show impact the lives of even more business owners and that, friend, is our mission here at Social Curator. So if you have a free moment and this show has ever provided you with value, please take a moment to leave a review and subscribe so you never miss a future jam-packed episode!

What Is Clubhouse + Should You Join It? Feb 16, 2021

What the heck is Clubhouse… and should you join it?!

This has been on the minds of many business owners since the beginning of 2021 and it's about to be front and center of the social media space!

>>Clubhouse is a voice-only social media platform that encourages constructive conversations between industry professionals, celebrities, and entrepreneurs.<<

In this episode, you’ll learn:

The definitions of several platform-specific terms for Clubhouse
Whether or not YOU can use Clubhouse for your business
3 ways to grow your business using Clubhouse

Ready to dive in? Click play!

For a Quick Start Checklist on how business owners in ANY industry can use this powerful platform to get more clients/customers and a more detailed explanation of Clubhous terms, you need my free Guide, Clubhouse 101! Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/clubhouse101 to get your message out into the world... one Room at a time.

The ONE Thing You Should Be Focusing On in 2021 | Interview on NBC New York Feb 11, 2021

Are you feeling a little scattered with what you should be focusing on this year? *Don’t worry, I gotchu Buttercup!*

On NBC New York Live, Joelle Garguilo produces a segment about goal setting, fresh starts, and how to create a plan to do what you want.

And even though just a short bit actually aired on television, Joelle’s team was so gracious to share the entire interview with us to share with you on the podcast.

Friends, I am honored to play for you the entire interview, so prepare your hearts for a fun, crazy, and fast conversation about what it takes to have a fresh year, fresh start, and fresh you!

Click play to learn the ONE thing you should be focusing on in 2021, and if you enjoyed this conversation, please subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show wherever you are tuning in from today.

How Your Quarterly Goals Guarantee Success Feb 09, 2021

What if I told you I could help you plan out your next three months in less than 30 minutes?

I’m a firm believer that setting quarterly goals will guarantee your success, and recently on Instagram Live, I spilled the beans on how to make it happen.

In this Live Q&A, you’ll hear me answer questions on:

How to achieve big goals in 3 months
The best way to get over being seen as “too young” in your industry
What to post on social media if you sell two different products

and more!

In case you’re like me and want to get an inside look at how I set quarterly goals in a practical sense, download my Productivity Planner to learn organize my quarterly projects and break it up into months, weeks, and days! You can get it for free at https://www.jasminestar.com/productivity.

If you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, subscribe to the podcast from wherever you’re listening from today! Rumor has it that the next episode is an interview that I had on NBC - but you didn’t hear that from me! ;)

How to Make Your Social Media Presence POP with XayLi Barclay Feb 04, 2021

Friend, do you want to learn how to make your social media presence POP with better visuals?!

If so, you’re in the right place today!

XayLi Barclay is a Video Sales & Marketing Coach who specializes in helping entrepreneurs effectively stand out and make a genuine impact in the digital space… that includes YOU, Buttercup!

Your voice is your superpower. Now click play and go save the world!

Y’all, go check XayLi out on social media to get inspiration for your video content--I know I need to up my game after seeing her visuals! And tag us in your next video @xaylibarclay and @jasminestar… we’d love to see the beauty you put out in the world.

How to Use Valentine’s Day to Market Your Business Feb 02, 2021

Friend, are you excited to use Valentine’s Day to connect with your dream customer on social media?!

You might be thinking: “Jasmine, I’m a graphic designer… How could I use a silly holiday to get more sales?” or “I’m a boutique owner. What does Valentine’s have to do with selling clothes?”

My short and sweeter-than-candy-hearts answer is this: the holiday doesn’t have to do with your business, my lil Hershey’s kiss…. The subject simply has to be something you and your followers can relate to.

>>When you create content that is relatable, your followers will feel closer to you and you will gain their trust… and trust leads to sales.<<

I know how important it is to connect with your dream customers and this short, jam-packed episode is going to teach you how to show up on social media and watch your followers LOVE what you have to offer.

Click play to learn how to leverage Valentine’s Day for your business!

By the end of this episode, you’ll be ready to start posting your Valentine’s captions right away… but you’re missing something: the photos! Luckily, I have just what you need: 5 beautiful Valentine’s Day stock photos that are sure to stop your followers scroll and drive engagement! And the best part? They’re FREE! Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/valentinesphotos to download your 5 photos and start your seasonal promotions, lovebug!

Build a Business You’re Passionate About by Being You with Shani Tran Jan 28, 2021

Y’all, I’m SO excited for today’s episode with Shani Tran, a Licensed Professional Clinical Counselor in Minnesota.Through TikTok videos, Shani works to destigmatize therapy so if you love authenticity and a ‘no BS’ approach to difficult topics, you are going to LOVE this conversation about owning your story.

In this interview, Shani and I discuss:

Why it’s important for business owners to acknowledge, accept, and own their story
How to own your story and use it to build a business you’re passionate about
Why storytelling is so important to the process of accepting yourself
The best way for business owners to share their story on social media

...and more.

>>Friend, I hope this incredible conversation with Shani inspires you to discover your story and not be afraid to own it, learn from it, share it, and use it to inspire others.<<

Click play to dive in!

For short, inspirational, kick-in-the-pants messages like you so often hear on the podcast, join my Text Community! Every week, I send marketing tips and motivational texts to start your day. To get them for FREE, head to https://www.jasminestar.com/textme to send me a text (and yes, it’s my REAL number)!

Strategically Grow Your Business with Instagram DMs | Social Curator Coaching Session Jan 26, 2021

Have you ever wondered how to use Instagram DMs to strategically grow your business?

*Or maybe you’ve tried it and thought, “This doesn’t work for MY business.”*
Either way, I have great news, Hustler: you CAN use Instagram DMs to turn followers into customers… and in today’s Social Curator coaching session, you’ll learn how!

In this episode, you’ll hear me coach business owners after they ask the following questions:

“How do I use Instagram DMs to turn followers into customers?”
“How do I attract the right clients and get them to trust me?”
“How do I make the switch from being a hobby artist to a business artist in the way I deliver and create content for my audience?”
“How do you let ideal clients know you can solve their problems when you can’t easily search for them?”
“How can I better promote my business to convey that I throw business showers & also offer VA services more effectively?”
“When you reassess your services, and consequently change them, what's the best way to ensure your following understands WHY you're doing what you're doing?”

That’s right, friend… We’re going DEEP in this session. Click play to listen in and get allllll my best business advice!

The Best Way to Repurpose Content for Different Platforms Jan 21, 2021

Have you ever wondered the BEST way to repurpose your content from one social media platform to the other?

You’re in luck, my friend, because I have a proven strategy for this very thing and I can’t wait to share it with you!

In this interview I had on the podcast My Wife Quit Her Job., we discuss:

My team’s process for repurposing content
How having a daughter transformed my business
My strategy for creating engaging content for Instagram

and more.

Y’all, Steve is SO articulate and a great interviewer, so it was a treat to record with him. Click play to dive in… I hope you enjoy listening as much as I loved this conversation!

If you loved this conversation with Steve, I know you’ll love next week’s guest, Shani Tran too. So be sure to subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show to hear her episode as SOON as it is released next week!

Building Your Effective Hashtag Strategy Jan 19, 2021

Every single Wednesday afternoon for the past 2 and a half years, I have been hosting weekly live Q+A’s on Facebook Live titled “Ask Me Anything.”

*Give it up for consistency*

During this time, we talk about life, business, social media, and everything in between… and one of those conversations is what you’re going to hear today!

In this episode, I answer questions about:

How to build your effective hashtag strategy
Setting goals while overcoming your fear of failure
What is Clubhouse and whether or not you should join
The best way to communicate a shift in your business

...and more!

Y’all, this episode is JUICY so click play >>HERE<< to dive in!

When I go Live and give my advice to business owners in all different industries, I’m not worried about being liked… I want to give them the best tools to grow their business. To tune in to my weekly Ask Me Anything sessions live, follow me on Facebook @jasminestar!

My Proven Four-Week Launch Strategy Jan 14, 2021

Do you have a sweet tooth, Hustler?!

If so, I have a treat for you: a jam-packed interview I had with my friend Ken Westgaard on The OMG I’m Launching Podcast.

Whether you’re a seasoned webinar host or haven’t launched your product or service yet, you’re going to be taking notes during this episode.

Click play to hear all the goodies!

Speaking of goodies.. I’m a HUGE fan of helping my homies (aka YOU!) believe your impossible dreams are possible… and this year, I have a new way to do that. If you want some kick-in-the-pants inspiration, marketing tips, and a mindset makeover, head to https://www.jasminestar.com/textme to join my text community!

5 Prompts for Instagram Reels to Get Engagement TODAY Jan 12, 2021

Wondering what content you should create on Instagram Reels?

Get your notebook out, my friend, because you’re about to take some major notes during this episode!

Click play to learn 5 prompts for Instagram Reels to get engagement TODAY.

If you’re ready to capture your followers’ attention and educate, entertain, or empower them using Instagram Reels, you’re in for a treat. I just created an Instagram Reels Checklist that will walk you through how to record, edit, and post your first Reel so that it looks like you’ve been creating them from day 1. Download my FREE Instagram Reels Checklist at https://www.jasminestar.com/reels and start getting more eyes on your business by delivering educational, entertaining or empowering content right to the palm of your customer’s hand!

7 Major Money Tendencies Affecting Your Business with Rachel Cruze Jan 07, 2021

Are you ready to talk money, honey?

Today’s guest is Rachel Cruze, a two-time #1 national best-selling author, financial expert and host of The Rachel Cruze Show. Her brand new book, Know Yourself, Know Your Money: Discover WHY You Handle Money the Way You Do and WHAT to Do About It is out NOW and we can’t wait to share tangible takeaways with you.

>>Our goal for this interview is for you to understand why you handle money the way you do to create a serious-life change that lasts… in your life AND business.<<

Something I learned within the first 5 minutes of hearing this conversation is that we handle our money in all aspects of our lives the same way… whether we admit it or not!

In this episode, you’ll learn:

What a budgeting expert wishes more business owners knew about managing their money
The different types of “money classrooms” and how they shape the way we handle money
The seven major money tendencies we all have and how they hold us back
How you can change your bad money habits in your life and business

Click play to tune in and subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show to hear more tactical episodes like this one.

Goal Setting Tips to Transform Your Business in 2021 | Curator Coaching Session Jan 05, 2021

A lot of us like the idea of setting goals, but either aren’t sure what goals are attainable, or know what we want to achieve but are not sure of how to get there.

*If either of these sound like you, listen up Buttercup!*

>>Goal-setting is one of the most important parts of business because if you don’t know where you’re going, you’ll never know when you arrive.<<

In this episode, you’ll hear from REAL business owners who know where they’re going but are not sure how to get there, as well as entrepreneurs who aren’t sure what kind of goals are attainable for them this year.

I can’t wait for you to listen in on the private session, so click play!

For a step-by-step plan of how to reach your goals, download my FREE Productivity Planner to get started! In this planner, I will not only walk you through how to make your goals come to life, but you will also get to see a real-life example of MY daily to-do list. I can’t wait for you to get.stuff.DONE with this planner, so RUN *don’t walk* and download it at https://www.jasminestar.com/productivity and let’s reach our goals… together.

Best of 2020: Using Instagram to Sell Your Products (on a $12 budget!) Dec 31, 2020

As a total nerd at heart, I tend to let the numbers speak for themselves when making major decisions for my business or for my podcast.

That’s why when I saw that a conversation I had on the Product Boss Podcast was one of the most downloaded of the year, I had to re-air it for new listeners of the Jasmine Star Show!

This episode was originally aired with the title Using Instagram to Sell Your Products (on a $12 budget!) and boy, is it tactical!

I KNOW you’re going to love this one just as much as the rest of my listeners did. If you’re excited to dive in to the last installment of my “Best of 2020” series, click play!

And to show your support of the podcast, please leave a review on iTunes so the Jasmine Star Show can get in the earbuds of more business owners fiercely chasing their dreams, like you.

Best of 2020: How To Get Paid To Be You | Interview with Laura Belgray Dec 29, 2020

Are you comfortable enough with yourself to design your brand as a direct expression of YOU?

I hope so Buttercup, because no one can do what you do like you do it… and that’s perfect.

In this episode, I dive into an interview with Laura Belgray, founder of the Talking Shrimp, and we discuss getting paid to be YOU.

Laura and I want to challenge you to go out and be YOU on social media. Don’t be afraid to be vulnerable and messy. I can’t wait to see your lives explode all over your accounts. Go on, post something today and tag us @talkingshrimpnyc & @jasminestar so we can cheer you on.

To hear our thoughts on this subject and some tangible steps you can take to get paid to be you, click play!

Best of 2020: THIS Is Where Everyone Quits | Social Curator Coaching Session Dec 28, 2020

When I first started my business, I did not have the kind of confidence I have today. In fact, that’s one of the reasons I love coaching calls with Social Curator members, because I love hearing where everyone is at and encourage them in any way I can.

There is nothing I believe in more than teaching what I’ve learned, tested and tried to other business owners hustling hard to make their dreams a reality.

So if you’re telling yourself maybe this isn't for me after all... I am here to tell you this is for YOU.

>>You are meant to do the thing that you love because why would you ever settle for anything else?<<

If this is resonating with you right now, you’re going to love hearing how I coach Leanne, Megan, Amanda & Mye through their challenges and encourage them to keep pushing through when everyone else gave up.

Now, press play the most downloaded coaching session of the Jasmine Star Show!

If you enjoy listening to the podcast, leave a review on iTunes! Our team loves creating content for you and your kind words definitely push us forward on the good and bad days. Once you leave a review, you can download Jasmine’s FREE audio course to learn how to build a brand on social media. So leave an iTunes review and head to http://jasminestar.com/igbranding to grab it for FREE!

Best of 2020: My Real Life Adoption Story Dec 24, 2020

For years, my husband JD & I were determined to start our family through adoption.

We were sooooo ready to will our experience as parents into existence but we had no idea the years of heartache and longing we would endure until we got there.

>>In February of 2020, we were finally placed with our healthy, happy, and beautiful baby girl, Luna Sol.. And this episode is an audio journey of that experience.<<

It originally aired just a few months into the year and as a celebration of how many lives the Jasmine Star Show has impacted in its existence, it is being replayed today as one of the most downloaded episodes of the year.

Join us step by step as we share our story (with a few tears along the way) by clicking play!

Best of 2020: Creating A Productivity Map To ACTUALLY Achieve Your Goals Dec 22, 2020

I don’t know about you, but in the beginning of every year I am completely obsessed with the idea of being productive in my life and business.

I get new notebooks, create a vision board, color-code my Google Calendar… all in anticipation for this year being the best one yet in terms of my productivity.

>>If you’re like me, then this episode is coming at a great time… Because I’m going to teach you how to create a productivity map to ACTUALLY achieve your goals in 2021!<<

In this episode, I’m going to teach you:

How to stop getting distracted & stop making excuses that get in the way of you accomplishing your goals
The best way to move past the feeling of overwhelm by focusing on a smaller list you can tangibly handle
My tips for building a timeline for your projects & stick to it every quarter
The importance of pausing and breathing to keep yourself grounded

Click play to tune in to this re-air of the most downloaded episode of the Jasmine Star Show!

And if this episode is inspiring you to hit the ground running as we head into the new year, you can download my FREE productivity planner at https://www.jasminestar.com/productivity!

Making a Living Clearly Communicating What You Do with Jordan Harbinger Dec 17, 2020

I have a question for you, friend…

>>Do you prioritize your communication in your business, or are you ignoring email, not answering DM’s, and inadvertently communicating what you care about?<<

*If you’re not putting communication at the top of your list, listen up!*

Jordan Harbinger is a Wall Street lawyer turned interview talk-show host, and a communications and social dynamics expert.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

Why effective communication is crucial to a successful business
How to clearly communicate what you do
Tactical tips to leveraging social skills both in person and online

Ready to dive into all things communication and networking? Click play!
I’m so lucky to be able to speak to powerful people like Jordan and it’s because of YOUR support! If you haven’t already, you can show support for the Jasmine Star Show by subscribing wherever you’re tuning in from today.

How to Show Your Worth to Your Ideal Client on Social Media | Social Curator Coaching Session Dec 15, 2020

Are you properly showing your worth to your ideal client on social media?

*Don’t worry Buttercup, I gotchu!*

Today’s episode is a recording from an amazing coaching session I hosted with members of my membership, Social Curator.

In this conversation, you’ll hear me answer the following questions:

“Social Media opens the door to the conversation, how do we qualify people to be customers?”
“How do I reach my ideal client and show them my worth?”
“When thinking about marketing, how do I find people who have the right personality?”
“How do you know if you’re hitting a roadblock or just need to go into a new direction?”
“What is the best way to connect and network on LinkedIn?”

Ready to hear my advice for them and for you? Click play!

If you’re curious about what Social Curator is like on the inside, you can get a sneak peek of the Social Curator Experience. There, you can download engaging caption templates, story sets, lifestyle stock photos, and a social media marketing planning guide that will show you how to market your business on social media every day with ease. I’m here to support your dreams, so please feel free to download these resources at https://www.socialcurator.com/resources!

The Never Ending Membership Content Machine Dec 10, 2020

If you have a membership, have considered starting a membership, or are a part of one you probably know that the most difficult part of a business membership is constantly creating content.

*In fact...isn’t that the struggle in ANY business?!*

>>For Social Curator, my team and I are always creating issues, posts, and articles for our members and this is exactly how, over the years, we developed a system for consistently generating content.<<

And guess what? I’m going to share it with you in this episode!

I was invited to be a guest instructor for my dear friend Amy Porterfield’s online summit for membership owners, and she allowed me to share my presentation here today!

Whether you have a membership or have considered starting one, you are going to love this training on creating a never ended membership content machine. Click play!
If you love the Jasmine Star Show, please leave a 5-star review on Apple Podcasts! Then, you can snag my 3-part audio course, Instagram Branding: 3 Steps to Stand Out and Turn Followers into Customers on Instagram. If you’re interested in creating a recognizable brand and turning followers into customers, this course is for you. So leave an iTunes review and head to https://www.jasminestar.com/igbranding to grab it for FREE!

Why Adversity Makes You Successful Dec 08, 2020

Friend, I’m about to drop a little *somethin’ something’* that miiiiight make you uncomfortable. Are you ready?

>>Adversity in your life isn’t a bad thing… In fact, difficulties and hard times can be the thing that makes you successful.<<

In today’s podcast episode, I give you a kick-in-the-pants real talk about why adversity is a GOOD thing in hopes that it will give you the fuel to keep pushing toward your dreams.

So if you’re ready for an end of the year pep talk and live Q+A, click play >>HERE!<<

And if you enjoyed this episode, please write a review on Apple Podcasts. Reviews help this show get discovered by more business owners like you and for that, I would be eternally grateful.

Real Lessons in Diversity, Inclusion, and Representation with Anna Gifty Dec 03, 2020

I’m going to say something that might ruffle a few feathers: Black Economists Matter.
My guest today, a black economist herself, is going to explain why.

Anna Gifty is an emerging researcher, entrepreneur, speaker, and writer from Ghana and Maryland. She is one of the co-founders of The Sadie Collective, the only non-profit organization addressing the pipeline and pathway problem for Black women in economics, finance, and policy.
My interview with Anna is POWERFUL, my friend.
In this conversation, we talk about creating community, carving a place for yourself in a society (even if doors might have been closed to you or the people in the room look nothing like you), and Anna teaches us REAL lessons in diversity, inclusion, and representation.

I can’t wait for you to hear it… click play!

I am dedicated to creating community for ALL of the incredible, hustling, diverse listeners of the Jasmine Star Show. To show your support for this podcast, please use your voice to rate, review, and subscribe wherever you’re tuning in from today.

How to Get 10,000 Followers on Instagram in 2 Months Dec 01, 2020

Do you want to get 10,000 followers on Instagram?

*Okay, I’ll twist your arm!*

Recently, my team and I created a brand new Social Curator Instagram account on August 28th, 2020. By October 26th, just a couple days shy of the 2 month mark, our brand new account hit 10,000 followers on Instagram…

And the exact strategies that got us to this milestone are what I’m going to pass on to you in this episode.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

3 steps to prepare your account for new followers
How to choose photo topics and caption categories for your Instagram account
Best practices for creating hashtag groups
How to plan your content and create an engagement plan

Ready to hear my BIGGEST Instagram growth tips? Get out your notebook and click play!

If you’re willing to continue doing the work after this episode ends, I have even MORE tips on planning your social media content and gaining more followers for you. Check out my Instagram Marketing Guide! In this FREE guide, you’ll learn how to write scroll-stopping captions that will get people talking back to you, as well as have an actionable plan to get more engagement! Download the Instagram Marketing Guide at https://www.jasminestar.com/igmarketingguide!

How to Organize, Prioritize, and Tackle Your To Do List | Social Curator Coaching Session Nov 25, 2020

I use a daily To Do list to keep track of what’s important in my business, and today you’ll learn how to do the same.

In this episode, you’ll hear me answer the following questions from business owners in Social Curator:

“How do I prioritize what's important in my business?” 24:45-39:20
“I have a Facebook Group with over 100 members… How do I get them to purchase paid content?”
“How do I get organized in my business and tackle my mile-long todo list?”
“Where are marketing dollars best spent?”

I *know* you’ll learn SO much about organizing, prioritizing, and tackling y0ur To Do list today… To dive in, click play on this episode >>HERE!<<

Love the Jasmine Star Show? Subscribe to never miss a single episode.

Business Growth Collaborations: How to Find, Get, and Plan Them Nov 24, 2020

I've seen my business and the businesses of those in Social Curator grow the most and the fastest as a result of collaborating, so I'm a huge fan of creating win-wins for everyone involved.

Because I’m a huge fan of this method, today I want to teach you EXACTLY how to find people to collaborate with to benefit YOUR business.

In this episode, I will teach you how to implement these three steps to find someone to collaborate with:

Make a list of 5-10 types of businesses that are working with your Ideal Client.
Locate and contact those business owners on social media.
Come up with a mutually beneficial collaboration for the two of you.

Ready to get collaborating? Click play!

Friend, I can’t WAIT to see how you take ACTION on what you learned to elevate your brand, increase your sales, build relationships and create win-win opportunities for you and another business owner. Download the corresponding workbook to this episode >>HERE!<<

Your Audience is Talking: Here's How to Listen with Kat Harris Nov 19, 2020

Why, When + How to Take a Social Media Break Nov 17, 2020

I'm the type of person who over-thinks over-thinking. I lay in bed at night unable to sleep because I'm making lists of things to do (grocery lists, email lists, to-do lists, people-to-hug lists), and finding ways to continue following my dreams.

>>But sometimes thinking gets in the way living and this causes my brain to succumb to stress and lethargy.<<

In light of this, JD and I carve time in our calendars to just be. We share a Google calendar and block out days for resting and catching up…and we also add time for vacations.

Whether it’s a week on a tropical island or a staycation in our small apartment, these breaks were exactly what my brain needed.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

Signs to take a break
How often to take a break
How to prepare to take a break

Click play to discover how to take a break from your business and then leave an iTunes review for the Jasmine Star Show!

Enjoy your time off, friend… You deserve it.

What to Post on Social Media During Slow Seasons Nov 12, 2020

Friend, whether your sales slow down while people vacation during the summer or after the holiday season passes in January, every business goes through slow seasons.

...But not being busy doesn’t mean you should stop posting on social media!

>>In fact, slow seasons are a GREAT time to test, experiment and create systems for your social media planning.<<

Along with what to do in slow seasons, in this Q+A you’ll also hear me answer questions on:

Should I pre-schedule posts on Instagram and Facebook?
What should I do when my content feels stale?
How can I compete with luxury brands without luxury-level marketing dollars?
What content should I give away for free vs. what I give in my paid programs?

Ready to listen in? Press play! And if you enjoyed this real talk Q+A, leave a review for the Jasmine Star Show on Apple Podcasts!

Behind the Scenes of Our BIGGEST Launch Yet Nov 10, 2020

Friend, prepare your heart because in this episode I’m about to geek out about business and get into high level strategy for small business owners!

*Are you intrigued yet?*

Today, I’m going to walk you through Social Curator’s biggest launch...not just to talk about bottom line promotional revenue, but to talk vulnerably about what we did to grow, even when things weren’t going our way.

>>I’m sharing the behind the scenes of our biggest launch because I hope you can learn from our mistakes, missteps, and successes and use them for your business.<<

In this episode, you’ll hear snippets from our team’s private calls and specific numbers around our goals, as well as learn what a launch looks like for Social Curator.

If you’re ready to have an open and honest about the inner workings of our business, click play!

When to Separate Business + Personal Accounts Nov 05, 2020

Today on the podcast I’m letting you in on a FIRE Q+A I did after my live class last month, How to Plan, Create, and Execute a Month of Social Media Posts in One Day.

These business owners in ALL different industries asked the best questions!

>>Even if you’re not in the same industry as these entrepreneurs, the foundational business principles will still apply.<<

I had the most fun working with them one on one to help them solidify their strategy to market their business, and I just *know* you’ll learn so much too.

In this Q+A, you’ll hear me answer questions on:

Is it okay to post the same content on Instagram and Facebook?
How do I create content for 2 different ideal clients on 3 different platforms?
What is the best way to attract my dream customer on LinkedIn?
How can I incorporate Social Curator resources into my blog?
Should I separate my business and personal accounts?

Ready to listen in? Press play!

Also, if you enjoyed this real talk Q+A, subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show for more content just like this! I’m going to be unapologetic in asking you to subscribe because I LOVE sharing this podcast with you and the best way for you to not miss a single one of these incredible conversations is by subscribing on iTunes, Spotify, Google Play, Stitcher, or wherever you are tuning in from today. So please subscribe and I will be forever grateful!

How to Handle Bad Days As An Entrepreneur Nov 03, 2020

Friend, have you ever had a bad day as an entrepreneur?

*I know, that should have been framed as a rhetorical question!*

>>The truth is, you can’t own a business without having bad days.<<

At the time of this recording, I had just FRIED my beloved MacBook Pro and I opened with my advice for how to handle the bad days that inevitably hit us as business owners.

In fact, this episode even contains a different mindset shift I have NEVER shared on the podcast…

Without further ado, click play to tune in to this week’s episode of the Jasmine Star How on how to handle bad days as an entrepreneur!

If you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, please leave a review on Apple Podcasts! The team and I work so hard to deliver the best content for you every single week and it would mean the world to us if you took a few minutes to share why you love the show.

How to Start a Podcast to Build the Business of Your Dreams with Pat Flynn Oct 29, 2020

Have you ever considered starting a podcast to market your business?

Not only am I the host of the Jasmine Star Show, but I have found that doing 6-8 podcast interviews per month has grown both the Jasmine Star and Social Curator brands immensely.

>>If you love listening to podcasts, chances are you know podcasts are a great way to get your name out into the world, even if it’s only through a listener’s headphones.<<

If you’ve ever thought podcasting could be for you, you are in for a TREAT because my guest today is a Pat Flynn, a father, husband, and entrepreneur who is basically the KING of podcasting.

In this episode you’re going to learn:

Everything you need to know about starting a podcast
Whether or not the podcast market is too saturated to get started
Who should and shouldn’t start a podcast

and more!

So friends, without further ado: click play on my conversation with the man, the myth, the legend: Pat Flynn.

And if you’re ready to get started in the podcasting space but have no idea where to begin, Pat has you covered, my friend! Head to https://jasminestar.com/patflynn to read about all of his Smart Passive Income courses, including Power Up Podcasting, Amp’d Up Podcasting, and more.

3 Conversations That Create an Unstoppable Business Oct 27, 2020

Are you finding yourself hustling hard, spinning your wheels and doing the work but still aren’t seeing results?

Then this episode is for you, friend… it just might be your mindset.

>>Today, we’re doing something we’ve NEVER done before: a podcast interview mash-up!<<

I do about 8-10 podcast interviews per month with incredible business owners and today, you’re about to hear 3 separate audio clips from 3 recent podcast interviews I did that center around 3 crucial things I had to believe in order to be successful in business.

The first clip is from Amanda Boleyn’s podcast She Did It Her Way, where she asks a very important question about what mindset shift I needed to make in order to grow, both personally and professionally.
Then, the next podcast interview is from I’m A Little Buzzed by the NoBull Company, when the guys ask about a very important man in my life… my husband JD and how he’s played a very important role in my business. Keep listening to hear my tips for those working with their significant other!
And finally, the last clip of this podcast mash-up is from an interview I did with Genevieve Antonio on the Harvard Association for Law and Business Leadership Podcast. She asks me an amazing question about my introversion… and my biggest piece of advice for professionals who don’t LOVE the spotlight.

Sound like your cup of tea? Click play on our first podcast mashup NOW!

If you’d like to learn more about the mindset shifts I’ve made over the last 12 years in business, you can download them for free! My powerful Mindset Makeover Workbook contains the top 5 mindset shifts I have made to cultivate a positive outlook in my business despite any negativity! So be sure to grab it at https://www.jasminestar.com/mindset to make positive changes in your life and business.

Interviewing My Mom: How Creativity & Homeschooling Make Gritty Entrepreneurs Oct 22, 2020

Are you finding yourself unexpectedly homeschooling your children for the first time due to COVID-19? Or maybe you’re wondering how to foster creativity in your kids?

>>Either way, you are going to *LOVE* today’s podcast episode. It’s very special because my special guest is my mom, Millie Juarez!<<

My podcast team and I decided to bring my mom on the podcast to discuss why she chose to homeschool me and my siblings, and how she was able to foster creativity and make gritty entrepreneurs as a result.

*We felt that now, more than ever, it’s important to speak directly to parents finding themselves unexpectedly homeschooling their children for the first time due to COVID-19.*

I love my mom so much and I hope you enjoy this interview as much as we loved recording it.

If you loved this episode with my mom, please subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show wherever you’re listening from today. This way, future episodes will automatically download to your phone and you won’t miss a single episode!

Building Momentum After Taking a Social Media Break Oct 20, 2020

Want to know my favorite part of the week?

Okay, second favorite part… I can’t put work above my morning singalongs with baby Luna. But my SECOND favorite part of the week is definitely hosting Ask Me Anything sessions on Facebook Live every Wednesday.

*I mean, who doesn’t love getting to hang out with other business owners, get questions answered and have FUN?!*

What you’re about to hear is one of those very sessions, where I answer questions on:

How to get engagement on Facebook
Building momentum after taking a social media break
How to offer new products or services to your audience

and more.

>>These business owners were on FIRE in the comments (and I’ll admit: I had a liiiittle too much coffee!) so if you need a little inspiration today, this is definitely the episode for you.<<

To tune in, click play >>HERE!<<

Now friend, it isn’t enough to think about making changes in your business, what matters is taking action.

>>We all have the ability to take our dreams and make them come to life...but that only works if we have a plan.<<

For a step-by-step plan of your own, download my FREE Productivity Planner to get started with breaking your big goals from All! The! Things! I! Have! To! Do! to a small list of things you can ACTUALLY accomplish, aligned with your big vision.

In this planner, I’ll not only walk you through how to make your dream come to life, but you will also get to see a real-life example of MY daily to-do list. I can’t wait for you to get.stuff.DONE with this planner, so RUN *don’t walk* and download it for FREE at https://www.jasminestar.com/productivity and let’s reach our goals… together.

How to Use Halloween to Market Your Business Oct 15, 2020

Algorithm... Photos... Engagement... BOO! Did I scare you??

Let’s *creep* it real: posting on social media for your business can be scarier than seeing a ghost on Halloween.

What do you even post about?
What can you say that hasn’t been said before?
And for goodness sake… how do you use Halloween to market your business?

>>Friend, this short, jam-packed (with both tips and puns) episode, is going to teach you how to show up on social media and watch your followers get *batty* excited about what you have to offer.<<

*There’s no tricks--just treats-- and I’m so frightfully excited to take one less thing off your plate!*

If you’re ready to gain inspiration for how you can use Halloween to market your business on social media, click play! In no time, you’ll be ready to start posting your Halloween captions right away… but you’re missing something, boo: the photos!

Luckily, I have just what you need: 5 beautiful Halloween stock photos that are sure to stop your followers scroll and drive engagement! And the best part? They’re FREE! Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/halloweenphotos to download the *wicked* awesome images and get ready to start your seasonal promotions, friend!

Get Discovered by Your Dream Customer (In Just Minutes!) | ManyChat Keynote Oct 13, 2020

Recently, I was invited to Keynote at ManyChat Conversations 2020, the #1 virtual event showcasing winning tactics to bulletproof your business during an economic meltdown…. And that is what you’re going to hear in today’s episode.

*It was truly an honor to be speaking on the same stage as respected business trailblazers and industry experts!*

In this episode, you’ll hear me have a blast speaking about:

Marketing strategy
Branding tips
How to create content created specifically for your ideal customer

...you know, all the things I LOVE!

>>If you’re ready to learn exactly how to get discovered by your dream customer on social media in just minutes, this episode is for you.<<

I’m so excited for you to hear this content, so click play >>HERE<< to listen in on my keynote at ManyChat Conversations 2020!

If you love the content I share on the Jasmine Star Show, I’d love to invite you to leave a review on Apple Podcasts.

*Taking 2 minutes to write about how this podcast educates, inspires, or motivates you to chase your dreams will help the podcast get discovered by other business owners!*

Let’s work together to help others build a life they love.. I can’t do it without you, so please: leave a review on Apple Podcasts!

How to Get Out of a Funk in Your Business | Social Curator Coaching Session Oct 08, 2020

I have a couple questions for you...

Do you ever get in a funk, exhausted from posting and putting yourself out there?
How about getting the confidence to put your personality into your business?

I had a *funny* feeling these questions might resonate with you, friend!

>>Well, today is your lucky day Buttercup because you get to listen in on business owners just like you, who through a 1:1 coaching session exclusive for Social Curators, asked me these pressing questions and more.<<

Y’all, Dani, Christa, Ken, Samantha and Madison had the BEST questions and I know you’re going to learn a ton in this episode. Click play >>HERE<< to get all of the goodness from this session!

Speaking of Social Curators… I might ruffle some feathers when I say this, but I believe life is too short to stare at a blank screen wondering what to post.

Get back to doing what you love and use our customizable caption templates, lifestyle photos, and Instagram story sets to turn your followers into customers. On top of all of those resources, in our private Community, I want to show you how to use your social media accounts to build your dream business using our resources and monthly Group Coaching sessions that have helped over 21,000 business owners.

If you love what you hear and are ready to make sales on social media, Social Curator is for YOU, friend! Head to https://www.socialcurator.com/join to join before enrollment closes THIS Friday, October 5th at 5pm PST. That’s right Hustler, the doors are closing so run, don’t walk, and join Social Curator today!

How to Completely Transform Your Business Oct 06, 2020

I’m going to be honest, friend… Sometimes building a business is lonely.

There are SO many questions to ask, problems to solve, and pressure to get it right that it's tempting to wish for a magic genie in a lamp to give you all the answers you need.

Now listen…When it comes to support and a digital push, we're no genies in a magic lamp, but the Social Curator team and I have had the honor of coaching thousands of business owners to take their business to the next level... and we want to help YOU next.

>>Sure, it's easy to make claims about how we can give you the tools to double your business, but the proof is in the success stories.<<

The Social Curator group coaching sessions (hosted by yours truly) and our proven time-saving social media content creation system have helped entrepreneurs grow their business bigger than they could have ever imagined.

But the best part? You're taking your business to the next level along with thousands of brilliant Dreamers and Hustlers just like you.

If you’re ready to see your OWN transformation--whatever that looks like for your business--and build your business on a foundation of action and accountability, I’m happy to announce that the doors to Social Curator are open this week ONLY.

Every month, Social Curator members receive:

Lifestyle photos (so you always have scroll-stopping images)
Customizable caption templates (so you know how to talk *about* your business without *selling* your business)
Instagram story templates (to foster engagement with your audience), and
A social media marketing plan (to help you build the business of your dreams)

And because everything you want is on the other side of consistency, we hold you accountable, too. Inside our private Facebook Community, our members receive Group Coaching sessions with me, along with an online community for networking, collaboration, and support.

If you're ready to push beyond your fears, doubts, and those who naysay, join us in our private community that'll show you how to build an influential brand and market it on social media...all while living the life of your greatest dreams at https://www.socialcurator.com/join before enrollment closes this Friday, October 9th at 5pm PST!

4 Tips to Avoid Multitasking (And Save Time!) Oct 01, 2020

Picture this...

You sit down at your desk with a latte, laptop, and lots of inspiration. You’re ready to slay the day!

You check your email, respond to a few important questions, and then pick up your phone to post an Instagram story. You take a photo of your computer and coffee cup with “Monday Morning Hustle” written on it. Then you answer a few DM’s, scroll through your feed for a bit….

You go back to what you were working on… *Wait, what was it that I was doing? Oh yea, that project…*

Does this sound familiar?

If it doesn’t, then you don’t need to listen to this podcast episode because you don’t need to hear my tips, Hustler!

But chances are, you’ve been in this position before, and you know you’re not being as productive or innovative as you can be. And the reason?

>>You’re not focusing on one thing at a time.<<

In this episode I’m going to give you 4 tips to avoid multitasking so you get more done in less time. If you’re ready to work distraction-free and put out your BEST work, click play!

These tips are all about saving time, which is one of my favorite topics and top priorities as a business owner! Speaking of saving time… did you know I spend only one day per MONTH planning my social media posts? Yep… and friend, I want to teach you how to do the same.

In my upcoming free masterclass, I will show you my exact steps to create social posts so you:

Know exactly what to post
Have a clear social media plan
Can create a post within minutes

Register for How to Plan, Organize, and Execute a MONTH of Social Media Posts in ONE DAY at https://www.jasminestar.com/30days and you’ll receive tons of other resources to help you create the social media plan of your dreams. I’ll see you there!

The A-Z of Using YouTube to Grow Your Business with Sunny Lenarduzzi Sep 29, 2020

Friend, have you ever thought about using YouTube to grow your business?

Whether you feel like I’m reading your mind or the thought makes you shudder, my guest today, Sunny Lunarduzzi, is about to convince you.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

How to use your story to create relatable content that converts
What Sunny would say to a business owner who recognizes the power of YouTube, but who doesn’t feel comfortable being on video
The cost and barriers of entry to YouTube

and so much more.

Y’all, I know you’re going to LOVE this conversation with Sunny as much as I do because she has a heart of gold and is wicked smart when it comes to marketing your business. Click play to hear Sunny’s insights on the A-Z of building your business using YouTube!

If you’re ready to hit the ground running (and get massive amounts of time back!), be sure to save your seat for my free masterclass, How to Plan, Organize, and Execute a MONTH of Social Media Posts in ONE Day at https://www.jasminestar.com/30days. I won’t be teaching this masterclass for the rest of the year, so this is your ONE chance to get the confidence you want...feeling so stress-free you’ll think you’re on a tropical island.

To planning and piña coladas, I’ll see you soon!

The Best Content for Instagram Reels (And How to Create It!) Sep 28, 2020

I have a question for you, friend… Are you using Instagram Reels?

I know, I know… It feels like every time we turn around there’s a new Instagram update, a new feature or algorithm change and it’s hard to keep up.

But that’s what I’m here for, pal!

>>My goal is to make sure you always have all of the tools you need to market your business and that’s why I’m coming at you with this episode on Instagram Reels today.<<

It’s a conversation with one of my closest friends, Amy Porterfield, on her incredible podcast Online Marketing Made Easy and y’all, we get TACTICAL up in here!

In this episode, you’ll learn:

The difference between Reels, Live, IGTV and Stories
Exactly how to create an Instagram Reel
Content ideas for different industries

and so much more!

Are you ready to use this feature to get more eyes on your business? If so, click play!

And if you’re ALSO ready to be consistent on social media to grow your business, I have good news… I want to teach you How to Plan, Organize, and Execute a MONTH of Social Media Posts in ONE Day.

Yup...this free one-hour masterclass will show you my exact steps to create social posts so you:

Know exactly what to post
Have a clear social media plan
Can create a post within minutes

To save your seat, choose a time at http://www.jasminestar.com/30days and I’ll see you there LIVE!

Your Personal Pep Talk: "Thank you, Haters!" Sep 24, 2020

Recently, I was in the middle of a workout and I wasn’t feeling it. I was tired, sweaty, and felt like giving up… and I needed to think of something to help me push through to the end.

I was trying to decide what could help me get through the last 25 minutes of my cycle class, and I decided to express gratitude. But I didn’t think about expressing gratitude for people you’d expect--my friends, family, and people who support me.

Instead, I decided to express gratitude for those who have tried to put me down, who tried to put limits on me, and those who have doubted me.

>>I think it’s easy to thank your fans, but it’s hard to thank your haters…. And it’s just as important because without your haters, you wouldn’t be where you are today.<<

In this episode, you’ll hear me thank the business partner who moved on without me. You’ll hear me express gratitude for the event organizer and CEO that didn’t pay me to keynote their conference, despite the reviews and requests from attendees. And you’ll hear me say thank you for all of the people who dissuaded, discouraged, and deprived me from starting Social Curator.

I am so thankful for those experiences because they proved how strong I am and how bad I want it…. And I hope you, my friend, do the same.

>>When people try to put you down, instead of being discouraged, express gratitude.<<

Ready to thank the haters? Click play!

As I wrap up this love note, I want to tell you about the most popular masterclass I’ve ever taught: How to Plan, Organize, and Execute a MONTH of Social Media Posts in ONE Day...And I’m bringing it BACK, homie!

I think it’s PERFECT timing to show you how I turn followers into customers by:

Creating posts that attract the right type of followers
Planning a month of content without the overwhelm and stress (#amen)
Showing up consistently without running out of things to post

You’re going to leave this class feeling confident in your posts, stress-free about your social media plan, and with a lot more time in your schedule to get back to doing what you love. Register for the free live class at https://www.jasminestar.com/30days and you’ll get so many practical tools + resources, you’ll feel like a social media gangster!

How to Make the Biggest Money Mindset Shift | Curator Coaching Session Sep 22, 2020

Do you know what determines your success?

No, it’s not money, talent, or connections…

>>Buttercup, contrary to popular belief, the biggest determining factor of your success is your mindset.<<

On that note, this episode of a Social Curator Coaching Session is unique because the questions were more focused around business beliefs (things we believe are facts that limit us, or make us lucky, or--maybe, just maybe--give the impression that some of us are destined for greatness and others are not).

In this episode, you’ll hear me answer questions about:

How to keep up your motivation when people are not engaging with you on social media
When you have a million tasks to get done and you're COMPLETELY overwhelmed by it, how to narrow down WHAT to tackle first and how
The biggest mindset shift around money that helped me grow my business

and more!

If you’re ready to tackle the mindset shifts that are holding you back, click play!

Friend, on the inside of Social Curator, the business owners I coached in this episode are learning how to be consistent on social media. If you’re ready to join them, I have good news: I want to teach you How to Plan, Organize, and Execute a MONTH of Social Media Posts in ONE DAY.

Yup...this free one-hour masterclass will show you my exact steps to create social posts so you:

Know exactly what to post
Have a clear social media plan
Can create a post within minutes

To register for the masterclass, head to https://www.jasminestar.com/30days and just for showing up LIVE, you will receive a free bonus with 20 Hashtags for 20 Industries to help jumpstart engagement on your account!

What I've Learned Filming My First 20 TikToks Sep 17, 2020

According to a recent article by Influencer Marketing Hub, there is an estimated 800 MILLION active users on TikTok and it is one of the most downloaded social media platforms of the year.

When you hear that there’s 800 million users, do you immediately think about how likely it is that your ideal client is hanging out on TikTok? *You should!*

>>TikTok is NOT just for Gen Z, but it is great for businesses in all industries and with ideal clients of all ages.<<

In today’s episode, I’m going to outline the top 3 things the content team and I have learned from publishing our first 20 TikToks this summer, including:

The editing capabilities are vastly different from any other social media platform *to prove my point, get a behind the scenes look at the creation of my first TikTok in >>THIS video!<<*
TikTok is a GREAT creative outlet to try new things and get uncomfortable *like I said, you don’t HAVE to dance… but it definitely helps you get discovered!*
There is MUCH greater reach there than other social media platforms *I’m talking 10 TIMES the amount of likes, in my experience!*

Y’all, this episode is jam-packed with lessons, staggering statistics, and fun anecdotes from our experiences filming. If you can’t wait to get out of your comfort zone and dive in to one of the fastest growing social media platforms, click play >>HERE!<<

As always, I welcome you along my business journey in real-time and share things that I hope will help you in yours. Speaking of helping you on your business journey…

In just a few weeks, I’m going to be hosting a LIVE class I’m sure you’ll love on How to Plan, Organize, and Execute a Month of Content in One Day. I only spend ONE DAY per month creating social media content for the entire month because I think that stressing about what to post on social media is CRAZY. That’s why I want to share my exact social media strategy with you that lets me spend a little time on one day to save a lot MORE time the rest of my month! Register for this free online class walking you through How to Plan, Create, and Execute a Month of Social Media Posts in One Day >>HERE<< and let’s get productive, friend!

How to Start an Online Membership Sep 15, 2020

Anyone out there (besides me!) ever have a perfect plan completely unravel? That’s how I felt about my business right before I started Social Curator.

You see, 3 years ago I was feeling betrayed by a team member, confused about my calling, and wondering what I should do next.

>>It was in the midst of my lowest day that I had the idea to create a membership for business owners that provided photos, captions, and a marketing plan.<<

Now, my team and I have helped over 21,000 business owners market their products and services using social media… and I’m going to spill EVERYTHING about starting an online membership with you in today’s episode from an interview I gave on Jordan Gill’s podcast, Systems Saved Me.

If you’ve ever thought a membership model might be in your future for your business, I have a feeling you’re going to be taking a lot of notes during this one so grab a pen and paper and click play!

After listening in on how Social Curator blossomed from seed to flower, if you’re curious of what it looks like on the inside you can get a Sneak Peek of the Social Curator Experience!
At https://www.jasminestar.com/resources, you will find 10 customizable caption templates to start conversations with your ideal client, 10 lifestyle photos to post on your website, newsletter or social media, 3 Instagram story templates to drive engagement with your followers, and an Action Plan on How to Plan and Schedule Your Social Media Posts for an entire month. Head to https://www.jasminestar.com/resources to check out these resources and grow your business on social media!

3 Elements Your Live Videos Need to Turn Viewers Into Customers Sep 10, 2020

Are you ready for me to blow your dang mind, Hustler?

>>Right now, from the palm of your hand, you can reach someone across the world in the palm of THEIR hand and tell them about your business on Facebook or Instagram Live.<<

Will you use this as another tool in your digital marketing arsenal or will you scoff and insist that traditional marketing is still where it’s at?

Friend, well thought-out Live videos are engaging for your audience, builds your personal brand, and lets them see the authentic YOU.

I hope you embrace this amazing opportunity to grow your business by offering value to your followers, attracting your dream clients, and increasing your sales along the way.

If you’re ready to host your own mini-TV show *and live out your childhood fantasy of becoming a news anchor or or cooking show host* click play!

I’m excited for you to hear this episode AND use the worksheet and checklist found in my free workbook, The Business Owner’s Guide to Going LIVE on Facebook and Instagram.

This workbook is going to teach you step-by-step HOW to go live on Instagram and Facebook *complete with video tutorials on how I use slides to demonstrate my points on both platforms!* so be sure to download it at https://www.jasminestar.com/golive!

How to Manage Money In Your Small Business (The Fun Way!) with Berna Anat Sep 08, 2020

Friend, I don’t have a crystal ball, but I have a prediction about your future….

Today’s episode is going to completely change your life and your business

>>I know it’s a lofty statement, but hear me out: my guest today, Berna Anat, is the perfect combination of hilarious and brilliant when it comes to finances.<<

After paying off $50,000 debt, she saved up to quit life, become a Financial Hype Woman full-time, and has been traveling the world ever since. Her work has been featured on platforms such as Forbes, The New York Times, and Buzzfeed, and she was recently named one of ABS-CBN's Global Pinoy Idols.

But back to why this episode is going to change your life: Berna’s advice in our conversation is so high level yet delivered in a way that everyone -- yes, even you! -- can relate to and understand.

This was seriously one of the most fun interviews I have ever done and I KNOW you are going to love Berna as much as I do. Click play on our conversation and you can decide for yourself!

If you loved this episode, subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show so you never miss another conversation with incredible guests like Berna.

3 Things That Equal a Profitable Business | Q+A at SeneGence International PITStop M3 Sep 03, 2020

Friend, do you know what equals a profitable business?

It’s not what you think…. And you’re about to find out in this replay from SeneGence International’s PITStop M3 this summer!

>>SeneGence International is a direct sales company in the beauty industry and they welcomed me to give a keynote at their virtual conference.<<

Afterward, their distributors were invited to ask me their burning business questions and THAT is what you are about to hear today.

From my biggest advice for a teenager to how to build a profitable business and tons of social media tips, y’all know I’m obsessed with giving you actionable advice. Click play to get all of my juicy tips during this PITStop Q+A!

If you loved this episode, subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show on Apple Podcasts or wherever you’re tuning in from today. I don’t want you to miss a single episode and as a subscriber, you’ll get this content straight to your phone. *Score!*

How to Take Better Photos for Instagram Sep 01, 2020

Friend, today I’m about to take on something that no podcaster has dared to do before… Talk about taking PHOTOS on a completely audio platform.

*Yep, you heard that right Hustler… I’m whipping out my photography skills today to teach you 3 ways to take better photos for Instagram!*

I know it’s a little crazy, which is why I’m going to come right out and invite you to download the corresponding guide to SEE what I’m talking about.

But I hope you’re wearing sandals because you know what’s pretty knock-your-socks-off awesome? You’re going to get 3 guides instead of 1!

My Instagram Branding Bundle contains 3 of my most downloaded guides all in one place:

5 Things That Should Be In EVERY Business Owner's Instagram Bio
10 lifestyle photos, 10 caption templates, 3 Instagram Story sets, and a step-by-step guide on how to use them for your business
3 Ways to Take Better Photos for Instagram (which is what we’re going to talk about today).

Trust me friend, you’re going to LOVE reading these jam-packed guides, watching the video tutorials, and filling out the workbooks to help implement what you’re learning while you up your branding game on Instagram.

To download the bundle, simply head to https://www.jasminestar.com/branding and I’ll hand-deliver it to your inbox along with a glass of your favorite drink so we can toast to your success… together.

Now, on to what I promised… how to take better photos for Instagram!

>>In this episode I am going to walk you through how to find the right light, style your flatlays, and take your own branding photos for Instagram.<<

If you’re ready to find your confidence and take a boss picture that not only looks good to you but also to your audience, grab your camera (or your phone!) and click play!

Need an Extra Hour in Your Week? How to Use Automation to Save Time with Will Christensen Aug 27, 2020

Can you imagine taking a lead from cold to warm without doing ANY manual steps?

>>How many more customers could you serve and how much more money could you make if this level of automation was true for your business?<<

Buttercup, this is what’s in store for you in today’s episode.

Will Christensen is the co-founder of DataAutomation, which customizes both automation and integration processes for e-commerce sellers. But don’t worry service-based business owners: Will can help you too!

He has over a decade of business development experience so it’s safe to say he has a passion for helping ALL businesses work more efficiently.

In our conversation we discuss:

The types of businesses who can benefit from automation
What process should and should NOT be automated
Apps that can help you with this

If you’re ready to get inspired to shave off an extra hour of your week, click play and you won’t be disappointed!

And if you loved this episode, be sure to show the Jasmine Star Show some love by leaving an iTunes review! Then, you can snag my 3-part audio course on how to build a brand on social media. If you’re interested in creating a recognizable brand and turning followers into customers, this course is for you. So leave an iTunes review and head to https://www.jasminestar.com/igbranding to grab it for FREE!

Hiring an Assistant (More Sales, More Help, More Time!) Aug 25, 2020

When I decided to hire my first team member, I was completely overwhelmed. I kept thinking:

How would I find them?
Could I afford it?
What would they even DO?

The truth is: There is always more to do, more clients to serve and more products to sell… But there is only one of you.

>>If you’re feeling tired and overwhelmed, hiring someone to fulfill a role (even simply a virtual assistant) may be the answer you’re looking for!<<

In this episode, I’m going to walk you through:

How to decide if you’re ready to make your first hire
Defining your new team member’s roles and responsibilities
Tips for creating a job opportunity page to receive applications
Best practices when interviewing potential candidates for the position
And how to onboard your new team member properly.

Since this topic is so beefy, I even created a FREE guide to help you implement the strategies in this episode, which you can download at https://www.jasminestar.com/hireyourteam. If you’re obsessed with taking ACTION on what you learn and are thinking about hiring a team member at any time in the future, download the guide for free and follow along!

I’m so excited to walk you through this process, step-by-step, so that you can save time and get back to doing what you love. Are you ready? Click play NOW!

How to Use Instagram Reels for Your Business Aug 20, 2020

Have you heard the news?! Instagram Reels has just been added to Instagram as a quick, fast-paced way to produce content!

This is preeeetty monumental because for business owners, Instagram Reels is the best thing to hit the app since they added Stories

>>Think of them as 15 second micro-commercials that can be edited together rather than recorded in real time like on Stories.<<

Since the update, I have been discussing with my team how we can incorporate this feature into our content strategy and, of course, I’ve been answering a lot of questions from entrepreneurs on how they can use Instagram Reels for their business…. Which is exactly what you’ll hear today.

Today’s episode is a recording from a recent Coffee and Conversations I hosted on Instagram live.

>>Friend, if you want to learn how to use Instagram Reels for your business, this episode is for you. So click play!<<

If you enjoyed this episode, let me know in a podcast review! If you do, be sure to snag my 3-part Instagram Branding course for FREE! This is a mini audio course designed to help you intentionally show up on Instagram and create a recognizable brand for your business by creating a purpose-driven account, playing up your profile so your followers recognize you instantly, and getting real engagement with your audience. So leave a review and then let me know at https://www.jasminestar.com/igbranding!

3 Easy Ways to Build Trust (and Sales) Aug 18, 2020

Hustler, do you know what makes sales on social media?

No, it’s not the amount of followers you have or how pretty your feed is… *I hope you didn’t actually think the answer was that superficial!*

>>What makes sales on social media is, drumroll please…. Trust.<<

Your followers need to have no doubt in their mind that you have a solution to their problem and that you’re the perfect person to solve it.

And the way to do that?

Well, that’s what you’re going to hear in my conversation with John Casmon on his podcast Target Market Insights!

I had a blast during mine and John’s conversation about building trust with your followers and marketing your business on social media, and I know you’ll love listening. Click play to tune in!

If you want to dive even deeper with me into the world of building your personal brand, then you HAVE to check out my free mini course, 3 Steps to Stand Out and Turn Followers into Customers on Instagram! To access the course, simply leave a review on Apple Podcasts for the Jasmine Star Show then dive in to this in-depth training on creating a purpose-driven account, playing up your profile so your followers recognize you instantly, and getting real engagement from your audience. Click >>HERE<< to get access to the mini course!

How to Identify Your Purpose if You're Multi-Passionate with Ken Coleman Aug 13, 2020

Are you a multi-passionate person? Have you ever been told to “pick one thing and stick with it” and it feels like making Sophie’s Choice?

Oh friend, if this resonates with you, you are going to LOVE my conversation with Ken Coleman!

In this interview, Ken and I discuss:

How to find your purpose
Ken’s unexpected advice for the multi-passionate entrepreneur
The 7 stage path to meaningful work

I know that I personally learned so much about marrying your purpose with your paycheck so I can’t wait to share it with you. Click play to hear my conversation with Ken Coleman!

Also, if you enjoyed Ken’s practical tips as much as I did, please show us some love in an iTunes review. And you know the drill, boo boo: After you leave a review, you can download my 3-part Instagram Branding mini-course course designed to help you intentionally show up on Instagram and create a recognizable brand for your business. So if you loved this conversation, leave a review on Apple Podcasts and then let me know >>HERE<< to get your branding game on!

The 5 Types of Instagram Posts That Get Engagement Aug 11, 2020

Let me be real y’all: When I first started my business, I was desperate for people to know who I was.

I wanted to show what made my business special, but it felt like no one paid attention.

>>It wasn’t until I started sharing who I was, in addition to what I did, that made the biggest difference.<<

Now, when it comes to using Instagram to build a relationship with your followers to eventually turn them into customers, it is so important to create content that gets followers talking back to you.

In this quick, fiery episode I want to walk you through the 5 types of Instagram posts that foster engagement to serve as inspiration for your next week of posts. Click play to build trust with your audience and foster meaningful conversations with them!

If you’d like to get even more tips like this, download my free Instagram Marketing Guide to learn how to write scroll-stopping captions and look at an example of the best type of post that gets people talking back to you, as well as have an actionable plan to get more engagement. Download the guide NOW here: https://www.jasminestar.com/igmarketingguide

Building a Personal Brand with My Twin Sister Bianca Juarez Olthoff Aug 06, 2020

50% Holy, 50% Hood… That’s what perfectly describes me and my twin sister, Bianca Juarez Olthoff. Can you guess which half I claim?

*That’s riiiiight: I’m definitely more Hood than my Pastor sister, who’s like the MexiRican version of Mother Theresa!*

Now before you think that we’re about to go on a trip down Memory Lane, I have to introduce the real subject of this conversation: how to build a personal brand.

>>As two women who grew up in the same town with the same parents and the same education, I think it’s wild that Bianca and I both ended up building our businesses around ourselves.<<

With real-life examples and lots of laughter along the way, I know you’re going to love this behind the scenes look at my personal life. Click play to join in on the fun!

If you enjoyed this episode, let me know in a podcast review! If you do, maybe my Mother Theresa sister is rubbing off on me because I want to give you something in return. If you leave a review on Apple Podcasts you are able to snag my 3-part Instagram Branding course for FREE! So leave a review and then let me know at https://www.jasminestar.com/igbranding!

How to Avoid Your Biggest Customer Mistake | Social Curator Coaching Session Aug 04, 2020

I know this may sound a little lofty, but I know the BIGGEST mistakes you’re making when speaking to your ideal customer on social media.

And today, you’re going to hear that tip and MORE as I deal it to you straight *no chaser* in today’s coaching session with Social Curator members.

I can’t *help* but get heated in conversations about finding and engaging with your ideal client on social media!

In this episode, I answer the following questions about identifying your ideal client:

How can I find my Ideal Client Avatar in a saturated market?
How do I balance what my ideal client expects me to do on social media vs. what I want to do?
What’s the biggest mistake I could be making when creating my Ideal Client Avatar?
How do I know who my ideal client is when I haven’t sold anything yet?

I just KNOW this episode is going to fire you up too, so click play to listen in on a coaching session with members of Social Curator around finding, attracting, and engaging with your ideal client.

And friend, if you’re curious about what goes on on the inside of Social Curator, I’d love to give you a Sneak Peak.

Inside this FREE Issue, you’re about to download 3 Instagram Story templates, 10 customizable captions, 10 lifestyle photos, and a marketing action plan to ensure you’ve got all the tools you need to help you market your business on social media. It’s yours at https://www.socialcurator.com/resources!

How to Do a Social Media Self Audit Jul 30, 2020

Friend, I’m going to be real with you... I often hear entrepreneurs not posting on Instagram because they’re worried about not getting likes or wonder what people will say about their content… And I’m like, STOP THINKING + START DOING.

And here’s the thing: I can talk a biiig game by telling you all of the things you need to have in your Instagram account but it is crucial for you to look at your own account with objectivity and self-audit your account in order to make big changes.

>>Because boo, the magic comes from action, not thought. It’s time for you to take control and get your account seen. Hold your head high, stop thinking, and do the work.<<

I hope you’re ready for an Instagram makeover, because I’m going to teach you step-by-step how to audit your own Instagram account to get more followers, more engagement, and more customers.

Y’all, this episode is juicier than a sweet Georgia peach on a hot summer day so click play now!

And friend, I’m obsessed with you actually doing.the.work because friend, in order to see big results on your Instagram account, you have to make big changes! To help you implement the content, download the corresponding Self Audit workbook at https://www.jasminestar.com/selfaudit

Turning Your Passion Into Profits with Sandra Chuma Jul 28, 2020

“Here's to strong women. May we know them. May we be them. May we raise them.” -Maya Angelou

Oh friend, if you love this quote you are going to love today’s guest, Sandra Chuma.

For more than 15 years, Sandra has successfully blended business leadership, entrepreneurial innovation and creativity. Sandra hopes to provide access to the untold stories of exceptional African women that will resonate, inspire and ignite strength through her podcast, Ndini.

>>She believes that our greatest responsibility is to share our stories so we can inspire, and create possibilities for others.<<

Today, we talk about how Sandra went from being raised in a mud hut in Zimbabwe to attaining her Masters degree from Columbia Journalism School, her mission of changing the singular narrative the world has about African women and so much more.

Sandra is undoubtedly one of the most educated, inspiring, and powerful women I have ever known and I am so honored to have shared this vulnerable conversation with you. Click play to get inspired!

If you loved mine and Sandra’s interview, please leave a review on Apple Podcasts by simply searching for the Jasmine Star Show on iTunes and clicking “write a review.” After you leave an iTunes review, head to https://www.jasminestar.com/igbranding to snag my 3-part Instagram Branding course for FREE!

How to Avoid the Biggest Mistakes I Made Jul 23, 2020

Friend, how often do you think about your pre-Coronavirus life? Is it filled with nostalgia and longing?

For me, I think about receiving a call that we are able to adopt our baby girl and packing in about 30 minutes for a trip to Vegas… and that’s exactly what you’re going to hear today.

Right before the quarantine, I had a conversation with Vivian Nunez on her podcast, What Happened After?

Although I feel that while the changes in this episode feel different with what we’ve been through since then, the same lessons apply… Which, mostly, is to embrace the suck.

>>I mean it, friend: embracing the suck shows you where to go next!<<

If you are ready to feel inspired, take action and embrace the suck, click play!

And if you loved hearing my conversation with Vivian, you’re in for a treat. If you leave a review on Apple Podcasts you are able to snag my 3-part Instagram Branding course for FREE! This is a mini audio course designed to help you intentionally show up on Instagram and create a recognizable brand for your business by creating a purpose-driven account, playing up your profile so your followers recognize you instantly, and getting real engagement with your audience. And it’s all yours if you leave an iTunes review, then let me know at https://www.jasminestar.com/igbranding!

Is It Time to Change Your Instagram Strategy? | Ask Me Anything Jul 21, 2020

Friend, do you feel like you’re doing #allthethings on Instagram but you aren’t seeing results?

*Cue the sweaty palms!*

You’re not alone, boo boo. Jamie asked the same question on a recent Ask Me Anything video I did on Facebook Live.

In this podcast episode, you’re about to hear my response about when she should change her strategy or have more patience.

And in addition to changing strategies, in this conversation I also answer questions on:

What to share in your free resources vs. what you teach in your paid course
The best Pinterest strategy for business owners
How to start building a team

So click play to dive in and hopefully your questions will be answered as I chat with other business owners live!

If you enjoyed this episode of the Jasmine Star Show, take a screenshot, post it on your Instagram story and tag me @jasminestar! I love putting faces to those who tune in to the Jasmine Star Show, so let me drop a love-bomb in your DM’s for being an amazing supporter of the podcast.

The FASTer Way to Stand Out In A Saturated Market with Amanda Tress Jul 16, 2020

You’ve started a business... great! Now how do you go about setting yourself apart from all the competition? When I hear business owners talk about how to stand out in a saturated market, they paint the picture of feeling like they will get lost in a crowd *especially on social media*

Friend, you’re in for a treat because that’s exactly what my friend Amanda Tress and I help you with in this episode! Amanda founded the FASTer Way to Fat Loss in 2016 and quickly scaled it to become one of the fastest-growing health and fitness companies in the market today.

Hustler, it’s time for you to cut through the clutter and break through the white noise. Amanda and I are here to help you along the way, so click play play to join us!

If you enjoyed this conversation, I would love for you to leave a review and gain access to my FREE three-part Instagram branding course at https://www.jasminestar.com/igbranding! This is a mini audio course designed to help you intentionally show on Instagram and create a recognizable brand for your business and I know you’ll love it… So leave a review and I’ll see you inside the course at https://www.jasminestar.com/igbranding.

How to Create a Hashtag Strategy for Your Business Jul 14, 2020

Have you hopped on the hashtag train or are you still sitting at the station too scared to get aboard? I get it friend, hashtags are a beast to conquer. You don’t know which ones to use, how many to throw on a post, and in the end wonder if they even do anything.

But guess what Buttercup: you can’t sit on the side of the tracks forever, because Instagram *wants* you using hashtags and using them is one of the best ways to get discovered!

Want to hear a crazy statistic? An instagram post gets 12.6% more engagement if there’s at least one hashtag on it. Simply put: if you want more Instagram followers, comments and likes, using hashtags are the best way to make it happen... faster.

If you want to hear my strategies for mixing and testing hashtags that are the right blend for your business, click play!

And if you’re looking for additional resources check out my FREE Hashtag Strategy Guide by visiting https://www.jasminestar.com/hashtagstrategy so you can get savvy and get discovered on the ‘gram.

How to Find Your Dream Customer on Social Media | Social Curator Coaching Session Jul 09, 2020

If I were to stop you on the street and ask you who your business is for, would you hesitate or would you be able to confidently describe who you cater to?

>>Most business owners I talk to struggle with not knowing who their ideal client is. They try to reach everyone, but by doing that don’t really reach anyone.<<

I get it boo, you’re scared to limit your sales by limiting your audience. Some of my Social Curators felt the same way!But in a recent coaching session I explained to them that creating an ideal client profile helps you serve them well, which leads to an increase in sales.

In this episode you’ll hear a list of questions to help you build your client profile. By knowing their age, where they live, or where they shop, you can more clearly draw your followers in with a post that resonates with them, a photo they can relate to, or tutorials to show them how your product or service fits into their lifestyle.

Buttercup, there’s already an audience out there looking for what you provide. Now let’s help you resonate and connect with them! Click play to begin building your dream customer profile.

If you’re looking for more tips on marketing and engaging with your ideal audience, Social Curator is the place to be! Head to www.socialcurator.com/resources to get a sneak peek of the inside.

How to Not Make the Biggest Social Media Mistake with the Shark Daymond John Jul 07, 2020

Have you heard of a little show called Shark Tank? In case you haven’t, it’s a captivating one where entrepreneurs pitch their products to investors for the opportunity to get funded. *It has me sitting on the edge of my seat everytime I watch it!*

I had the privilege of getting as close as you can get to being on the show… I went live with Daymond John (one of the investment Sharks) on Instagram. I definitely geeked out a little. *Okay who am I kidding, I geeked out A LOT.*

This episode is ALLLLLL about using your platform for good and making your voice heard. There’s always going to be haters, there’s always going to be someone bigger and better than us, there’s always going to be uncertainty like COVID or civil unrest going on in the world… but don’t let anything dissuade you from the thing you’ve been called to do. Stand in your power and shine by clicking play!

If you loved this conversation between me and Daymond John, I’d love for you to share about it on Instagram and tag @TheSharkDaymond and @JasmineStar so we can continue connecting with you.

How I Plan My Social Media Posts in 40 Minutes Jul 02, 2020

Do you ever feel like you’d rather have a root canal than plan out your social media content?

It may sound a little dramatic, but I feel you boo: that struggle is all too familiar. I would spend hours each week overthinking, planning, and editing and still not be satisfied with the content I was putting out. It was so exhausting!

...That is until I created a system that helped me plan out a week’s worth of content in less than an hour.

Let me say that again so sinks in… I can build one week’s worth of content in the time it takes me to watch one episode of 90 Day Fiancé. *You’re going to want to put a ring on this social media plan’s finger!*
In today’s episode, I’m going to give you my EXACT Sunday routine that will help you batch content, use categories and pick photo topics to make your life easier.

Are you ready? Click play to feel that weight lifted off your shoulders!

If you’re looking for more productivity tips I’d love for you to check out my Productivity Planner to help streamline your workflow and kiss stress goodbye. In it, you’ll get a glimpse into my daily routine as well as how to create a daily timeline around your work projects that keeps you focused and productive. It’s yours for FREE at https://www.jasminestar.com/productivity!

How to Take Your Offline Business Online with Stacy Tuschl Jun 30, 2020

Let’s face it: we’re living in a virtual world. For the last several years, online businesses have been coming in hot and with COVID-19 still hanging around like that unwanted party guest, more and more businesses are having to pivot with the times.

If you’re a brick and mortar business and have been affected by the shelter in place order or you're a service based business who’s thinking about expanding your services to be offered virtually, there is something in this interview for you!

In this episode I interview Stacy Tuschl on growing and adding to your online business. She drops some truth bombs on:

First steps to taking your business online
Four phases of sending traffic to your site
Building a marketing funnel
Getting creative during a crisis

2020 has shown us that we’re a little bit more fragile than we realized. But the reality is we are always going to have to try new things and put it out there so we might as well start getting good at that now. Stacy and I are excited to come alongside you as you do! Click play to start making the most of this season and learn how to take your business online.

If you loved this episode, shoot me and Stacy a DM on Instagram with your favorite part of the episode, because we would love to hear from you, @jasminestar and @stacytuschl.

7-Figure Ad Strategy: Behind the Scenes with Rick Mulready Jun 25, 2020

Ever wonder if using ads to drive traffic to your business is worth it? In this digital world, online advertising is everywhere. At any given time scrolling through Instagram and Facebook, you will probably be targeted with ads every few minutes. You’ve seen them in action, but do you know how successful they can be?

My friend Rick Mulready has a superpower of simplifying Facebook and Instagram ads, teaching thousands of online entrepreneurs for the last 20 years how to create consistent leads and sales with ads. *He’s Mad Men in the flesh.*

I know ads can be that giant you just don’t know how to slay but I can’t wait for you to hear all that Rick has to say about:

When to start running ads for your business
How much money to pour into Facebook ads
How to track what’s working
What lead acquisitions are

This is going to be the best peek behind the curtain into ad strategy and lead acquisition that you can get! Whether you are at a point in your business where you are ready to jump into ads or need to tuck it away for a rainy day, this is information you’re not going to want to miss, boo boo.

We’d love to continue connecting with you so tag us on instagram @jasminestar and @rickmulready and if you have any questions, Rick is all ears!

The Biggest Opportunity You’re Missing Out On | Ask Me Anything Jun 24, 2020

Do you ever feel like you’re not getting enough Instagram engagement? Do you put in the work, show up consistently and still hear crickets?

That’s one of the questions I was asked in a recent Ask Me Anything I host weekly on Facebook. If you’ve ever tuned in, y’all know I deal it to ya straight and it’s one of my favorite ways to connect with you more!

In this episode I go over:

3 steps to getting more Instagram engagement
Having a Personal vs. a Business account
Best practices for using Instagram stories
The biggest opportunity you’re missing out on

Boo there are so many opportunities out there, so many strategies to get engagement, and so many ways to serve your audience. I know it can be overwhelming but are you letting that overwhelm prevent you from being all you can be? It’s time to stop giving in to fear, making excuses or putting it off until later and just take that first step.

Every week I get the amazing opportunity to connect with you. I’d love for you to join me for my next live Ask Me Anything over on my Facebook page, www.facebook.com/JasmineStar. See you there!

How to Use TikTok for Your Business Without Embarrassing Dance Videos with Jera Foster-Fell Jun 23, 2020

Git up... Renegade... Say So… Do these phrases mean anything to you? I am right there with you boo *it goes right over my head*. But fellow grandmas, these are the names of popular TikTok dances! TikTok is the latest social media craze that ALLLLLL the teenagers are about.

For the last few months I’ve been wondering if TikTok is the place to be as a business owner, and from the questions I’ve seen online I know you’ve been interested in the same thing.

Guess what Buttercup, you don’t have to embarrass yourself doing TikTok dances to use this new platform for your business. My friend Jera Foster-Fell is going to show us how people of all ages, industries and personalities can use TikTok.

In the episode you’ll hear all about the TikTok best practices:

How to quickly grow a following
How to be authentically you
How to find your area of influence
How to make your first TikTok video

It’s the 20’s ya’ll and you best believe there’s going to be a new platform coming out everywhere you look. So are you going to choose to avoid it or use it to your advantage?

Click play because Jera and I want to hold up a mirror and show you what you are capable of. Don’t let fear stop you from playing the social media game. So boo boo, when you join this crazy new world of TikTok, tag us in your first video @jera.bean and @officialjasminestar! We can’t wait to cheer you on.

Creating Something from Nothing: Millions in Your Pocket Jun 22, 2020

So this is the part where a normal person gets emotional and grabs for the tissues… but this tin man over here has a hollow chest. *take me to the wizard, Dorothy!*

It’s not that I don’t care… it’s that I care so deeply and viscerally for people that I think logically before I think about it emotionally. I know it doesn't make sense, but you also know what doesn't make sense? Putting something out into the world and not knowing how it would be received.

The reason I should be crying right now is because my podcast, this very one you have been so faithful to join me on, hit past a million downloads. Can I just say that one more time: ONE. MILLION. DOWNLOADS.

Today I wanted to turn on the mic for this special occasion and celebrate the journey we have been on together for the last 9 months. I pushed through my fears and followed a crazy dream and I want you to believe that it is possible for you too! Join me by clicking play for the celebration.

As another way to say THANK YOU, as a dedicated listener of the Jasmine Star Show you can have access to my exclusive mini-course, Instagram Branding: 3 Steps to Stand Out and Turn Followers into Customers on Instagram, absolutely free if you rate and review the Jasmine Star Show on Apple Podcasts.

In this mini-course, I’m going to walk you through how to build a brand on Instagram in 3 ways: creating a purpose-driven account, playing up your profile so your followers recognize you instantly, and getting real engagement with your audience. So leave a review for the Jasmine Star Show and then head to https://www.jasminestar.com/igbranding to gain access to the course!

How to Get Rid of Instagram Bots Jun 18, 2020

Want to tackle one of the most annoying things on social media? No, I’m not talking about the shameless #wokeuplikethis selfies. I’m talking about bots: fake Instagram accounts that troll your posts and harm your engagement.

You know the story: You head to your account and get that momentary excitement that your dream customer finally engaged on your story poll or your recent post only to realize it’s from an account with a name consisting of a bunch of numbers and letters who has no followers but seems to be following everyone *ain’t nobody about that!*

Listen up Buttercup, it’s time for some spring cleaning. Grab your broom and mop so you can start connecting with *real* people and get the algorithm gods to look favorably on you.

In this episode you’ll learn:

What exactly bots are
How to identify them
Why they might be targeting your account
Best practices for removing them

Click play to watch the likes and comments from real customers and followers start rolling in.

If you'd like more Instagram tips like this one, grab my free Instagram Marketing Guide at jasminestar.com/igmarketingguide!

From Broke Bartender to 10 Million Dollar CEO: A Conversation with James Wedmore Jun 16, 2020

Friend, let’s throw it back to 2016, when Queen B graced our ears with Lemonade, everyone was first crying their eyes out to This is Us, airpods just came out, and Hamilton swept the nation. Can you picture it? Well at the same time, I was making my first attempts at learning how to run a digital business.

This was something I had *never* done before. Y'all it was 2016, not 1996, but I was straight up acting like my parents trying to work an iPhone!

Then walks in James Wedmore, my online guru who totally paved the path to where I am today. Let me tell y’all, his story is AMAZING and the lessons he taught me are even more INCREDIBLE!

In this episode James and I discuss:

How to change from the employee mindset to the entrepreneur mindset
How to view failure as success
How to let business be an extension of yourself
How to begin with your end goal in mind

I might be a little biased but this episode is full of ALLLLLL the juicy goodness. For those of you who have been around the block with me, you know how much James has influenced my business and I can’t wait to share how we first met and about some of the first lessons I learned in my business. Click play to join us!

If you loved this episode it would mean the world to me if you left a review for the Jasmine Star Show on iTunes. Not only because the reviews brighten my day but it also helps this podcast get discovered by other people and helps my team know how to better serve you with content!

Guarantee Your Success This Year by Asking 3 Big Questions Jun 15, 2020

Pulse check: we are halfway through 2020 already. How is your business doing, boo?

Whether your business has been thriving or you are feeling low at this midpoint, this episode is for you! In this episode I’m going to share with you 3 mindsets to guarantee your success by the end of the year.

You’re about to hear a portion of a fiery class I gave on the inside of the Social Curator community. This is my response to one of the common doubts I hear in the group is, “Am I where I’m supposed to be?”

Buttercup, you might not like where you are today but you should be thankful because you are farther than where you were yesterday. You might not have enough followers, make enough money and your business isn’t where you want it to be but I bet 2010 you would be proud of how far you’ve come!

If you are ready to dive into the 3 mindset shifts you can embrace to see success this year, click play.

And if you’d like more of this group coaching and see what Social Curator is like, check out our sneak peek at https://socialcurator.com/sneakpeek! Inside this FREE Issue, we’ve provided you with Instagram Story templates, customizable captions, lifestyle photos, and a marketing action plan to ensure you’ve got all the tools you need to help you light up your little corner of the Internet.

Put Your Money Where Your Heart Is | Impact Investing 101 with Stacey Lindsay Jun 11, 2020

Y’all know the expression put your money where your mouth is… but it’s time to put your money where your HEART is. *You ready?!*

My guest today is Stacy Lindsey, a multimedia journalist writer, media consultant, and speaker. She is the editorial director and cofounder of The Conscious Investor, a weekly digital magazine that uncovers the world of impact investing.

>>Impact investing is impacting capital with the purpose to do environmental or social good while also getting a financial return.<<

Money can be a taboo word but boo boo, money makes the world go round and it’s time to rethink where you invest it. Let’s make an impact and leave a legacy with it.

If you want to feel inspired to put your money where your heart is then start listening!

If you loved this episode, I’d love for you to tag @stacylindsay and @jasminestar on Instagram and let us know how you will start impact investing. If you're going to walk this path with us, we want to cheer you on.

How to be More Present + Productive By Setting Boundaries in Your Life and Business Jun 10, 2020

I’m going to say a B word no one likes to bring up: BOUNDARIES. We have this mindset that boundaries limit us or are a heinous selfish act. But boo,that couldn’t be further from the truth.

By nature setting boundaries means that you are essentially putting you & your needs first. But that’s a GOOD thing! As an entrepreneur, YOU are the business, which means that your mental & physical health must be a priority in order to be on the top of your game. How can you expect to pour into your audience, your clients, and your business if you aren’t pouring into yourself? When you look at it that way, boundaries are no longer a selfish act but a way to better serve your customers.

So listen up Buttercup, because I’m going to give you actionable steps for setting boundaries in your life and business so you can be more present and more productive.

This episode is broken up into three parts:

Setting boundaries with your schedule
Setting boundaries with your clients
Setting boundaries with your social media

Click play to learn how to put you first!

And if you’re looking for more resources I’d love for you to check out my free mindset makeover workbook which includes five crucial mindset shifts that you need to make to succeed in business. It's a powerful exercise that changed everything for me. Check it out at www.jasminestar.com/mindset!

How Being Bullied in Elementary School Affects My Business Today Jun 09, 2020

Do you ever wonder how much your past affects who you are today?

Growing up I was an overweight child of an immigrant, living on government assistance who couldn’t read. You better believe that invited all the neighborhood kids to make fun of me. *I was such an easy target.*

But you know what? I am stronger because of it. I did everything I could to prove them wrong and find confidence in what I do.

Here’s the thing: people are ALWAYS going to have an opinion about you. But only YOU can give them the power to let it get to you.

>>Don’t let what other people say about you keep you from moving forward.<<

It’s a process, boo, but it’s one that we are in together. Click play to hear more from the conversation I have with Zack Kravitz about how being bullied affected my business and learn how you can approach your own haters.

If you enjoyed this episode, please leave a review! Your reviews help the Jasmine Star Show get discovered by more amazing business owners. I believe together we can make changes that result in how you live your life and how you run your business.

How I'd Start My Business Today with $5,000 | Social Curator Coaching Session Jun 08, 2020

I started my business 10+ years ago and here’s a fact boo boo: 2020 is a whoooole new ballgame. Social Media was practically nonexistent when I entered the photography world, and there are so many more ways you could spend your start-up finances today

In this episode, you are about to hear what I would do if I had to start my business today with just $5,000, along with some other incredible questions asked in a coaching session I had with a few Social Curator members.

I love these sessions because I get fired up, excited for the future and the small changes these business owners could make that will lead to BIG results.

Click play to start finding YOUR results!

If you're interested in getting a glimpse into what our members receive on the inside of a Social Curator(like this group coaching session), enjoy FREE social media caption templates, lifestyle photos, story templates, an action plan and a sneak peek into the Social Curator membership by visiting, https//www.socialcurator.com/sneakpeek.

How to Self-Publish a New York Times Best Selling Book with Tucker Max Jun 03, 2020

Do you feel like you have a story to share with the world but have been too scared to put it out there? We all have a story boo, and you never know who NEEDS to hear what you have to say.

If you’ve ever thought about getting your message out, then let me introduce you to Tucker Max, co-founder of Scribe Media, a company that helps people write, publish and market their books. He’s written four New York Times bestsellers and is only one of three writers to ever have three books on the New York Times bestseller list at one time.

In this interview Tucker completely schools us on the reality of getting a book deal, deciding which type of book to write, steps to self-publishing, and the biggest mistakes people make when writing their first book

Even if your voice shakes, the world needs to hear what you have to say, boo boo. Start now by clicking play.

Y’all know I’m all about sharing my message with YOU, so please leave a review so I can create more of what you need and love to hear. Thank you for being a dedicated listener of the Jasmine Star Show, friend.

An Introvert Exposed: Your Questions About My Private Life | Ask Jasmine + JD Anything Jun 02, 2020

What do tacos, 90 Day Fiance, and a gel manicure have in common?

I don’t love them nearly as much as I do my husband and business partner JD! Let me tell ya friend, I married up!

We’ve gotten soooooooo many requests to have JD back on the show and because your wish is my command,*drum roll please* JD is in the house.

We talk alllllllll things going into business together, how to balance work and family life, what we love about each other that the outside world doesn’t get to see, and so much more. You’ll even hear what JD says I’m REALLY like off camera!

While I can get all kinds of awkward talking about myself, JD is cool as a cucumber. Did I mention how amazing he is? Click play to get a personal glimpse into our lives. If you enjoyed it as much as I think you will, let us know in an iTunes review! Reviews let us know what content you want to hear more of and if you tell us you want to hear more JD, it’ll be easier for me to convince him to come back!

We’d love to connect more with y'all so follow and tag us on Instagram: @jasminestarand @jdstar.

How to Not Choose Fear and Have FUN Building a Business May 28, 2020

I know we ALLLLLLL avoid using that four lettered F word.... FEAR. Is your tongue going dry and your heart beating a little faster? Boo boo let’s replace fear with another F word… FUN.

Today on the Jasmine Star Show, I join Matt Lebris on his podcast, Decoding Success. We share our advice on how to get clear on your definition of success, conquering fear, tangible tips to believing that you are enough and I even share my top three tips for cultivating a successful relationship.

If you’ve ever wanted an in-depth look into my life, my mindset shifts and the fears I had to conquer, click play Buttercup. This episode is about to get reeeaaally juicy.

I hope it brings you motivation as you continue on your journey, and inspires you to stop choosing fear and have FUN building your business!

If you enjoyed this episode, show Matt Lebris some love over on his podcast, Decoding Success. And while you’re at it, leave a review for the Jasmine Star Show! I’d love to hear from you and it will help me to continue to put out the content you need to hear in your business journey. Thanks boo!

How to Get Anything You Want in 20 Days with Jen Gottlieb May 26, 2020

Friend, whether you’re a brick and mortar shop, a service provider or in Direct Sales, our businesses are ALL people-oriented. That means we can’t be successful without connecting with others!

In today’s episode, I’m introducing you to one of my dearest connections, Jen Gottlieb. In this chat we talk about all things publicity, mindset, and building connections online and offline to grow your business.

Jen is co-founder and Chief Mindset Officer at Super Connector Media. She is basically a PR queen and waaaaay cooler than I'll ever be! Y'all, this is one action packed, fast talking, hit the ground running episode and I can't wait for you to hear it. Click play to hear her strategy to getting anything you want in 20 days and more!

If you loved to listening to Jen share her wisdom as much as I did, we would love to hear from you. Feel free to shout out this episode on your Instagram story and tag Jen @jen_gottlieb &@jasminestar because we want to connect with YOU!

How to Start, Grow, and Nurture Your Email List May 21, 2020

Want to hear what one of the first pieces of advice I got as a business owner? Build. An. Email. List. At the time I didn’t understand why somebody would want to read a newsletter from a photographer.

Even though I had doubt, I took my friends’ advice and started to seriously build my email list. And you know what I learned?

>>Newsletters are a secret weapon in my business and the best way I build trust with my audience.<<

I was building trust by regularly popping into people's inboxes and trust leads to sales. In order to grow your businesses in the long term, you need a way to connect with your community in a place you own and friend, you own our email list.

Whether you have already started your email list or have no idea where to begin, this episode will teach you how to start, grow, and nurture your list and start using your voice to connect with your audience in a new and personal way.

If this episode resonated with you, I’d love for you to leave an iTunes review to help get the Jasmine Star Show in the ear buds of more hustlers like you!

Have You Set Up Your Business Legally? Here’s a How To May 19, 2020

Do you ever wonder when the day will come that the po-po shows up at your door because you did something wrong with your business?

Now y'all know I'm a proud law school dropout who still loves watching old episodes of Judge Judy. I’m ALLLLLL about the people's court. *Can I get a witness!*

Law will always be in my blood so that’s why I’m excited to jump into this conversation with Autumn Witt Boyd about how to set up your business legally.

In this episode, you’re going to hear all about:

Trademarking
Negotiating
Acquiring domain names
Handling contracts
The side hustle clause
Creating a clear terms and conditions
Hiring a lawyer

Raise your right hand and repeat after me: I *state your name* am SOOOOO ready to start protecting my business and planning for my future so J* doesn’t have to come and post my bail.

Remember you are under oath… so click play to get this courtroom party started!

For those of you who enjoyed this episode I would love for you to show some love by writing a review for the Jasmine Star Show so I can continue helping you and your fellow business owners out!

3 Ways to Grow Your Facebook Group | Ask Me Anything May 18, 2020

Can I share with you one of my favorite parts of my week? Going live on Facebook for an ASK. ME. ANYTHING.
These no-nonsense, kick-in-the-pants, tell-it-like-it-is Q+A's used to scare the pants off me for the longest time *#realtalk they still kind of do* but now I look forward to them.

Every week I go live as a way to connect with people in real time. For 30 minutes, I enjoy sharing my journey with you and most importantly what I've learned along the way.

Here’s a taste of what one of my Ask Me Anythings looks like. I talk ALLLLLLL things including starting a podcast, writing a blog, but 3 tips to growing your Facebook group.

If you’re asking yourself if Facebook groups are even worth it, groups are a great way to create a community for your ideal client, do market research, and provide helpful content for them.

To hear my 3 tips on using Facebook Groups click play. I can’t wait to see how you use Facebook Groups to grow your business!

If you loved this episode, leave a review for the Jasmine Star Show to let me know what you’re enjoying and what you’d love to hear more of.

How LinkedIn is the Best Kept Secret for Your Business with Marcus Murphy May 14, 2020

Are you ready for things to get a bit awkward? This episode is hands down the most embarrassing episode that I have released *and that's saying a lot!*

I’m usually the one critiquing accounts, but the tables have turned my friend. *Grab your marshmallows and skewers* because I am basically roasted and toasted by my good friend, Marcus Murphy, on a platform that I feel a little insecure about….LinkedIn.

In this interview with Marcus shares about why business owners need to be on LinkedIn and what best practices to use, including:

How to change your mindset
How to clean up your profile in 5 steps
How to build a brand on LinkedIn
How to create a successful account

Boo boo I’m telling you, I got the complete Cinderella makeover after this. I seriously took it to heart and with the help of my team we revamped my account. If you want to see what my before and after looks like visit www.jasminestar.com/podcast/episode54.

Click play to hear why more than 675 million people on this platform and why you need to be too. I can’t wait to see you on LinkedIn, boo!

How to Pivot + Diversify Your Business May 12, 2020

Have you ever wondered how or when to pivot and diversify your business?

I'm not a pivoting professional but I AM a practitioner of diversifying my business. In this episode, I’m going to take you on my business journey and show you the framework to start seeing the opportunities and possibilities for you to pivot and diversify.

Here’s the thing… I have diversified and pivoted based on one thing and one thing only: What people ask for. *That's it, signed, sealed, delivered.*

Are you ready to be bold and go where your business needs to go? Click play to hear my framework on pivoting and diversifying your business. And check out the show notes for this episode and all past episodes here: https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode56

MUST DO Social Media Strategies for Service-Based Businesses | Q+A from Thrivers Live May 07, 2020

One of my favorite things about Social Media is that not a single account is the same. Our profiles are all unique because they are our opportunity to showcase us and our passions!

>>The best thing about social media marketing is that you have control of what you put out and the experience you give to your followers.<<

So boo, how are you showing up and using it?

Oftentimes we make excuses to avoid writing e captions, put off going live until we are confident, or waiting to post until our business looks a certain way.

But Buttercup, you don't get confident until you do it! When you say, you want to show up authentically, then show up authentically and don't overthink it.

>>Just do it and be unapologetic.<<

You feeling inspired yet? No? Okay well for those of you wanting to dive a little deeper, Click Play to listen to my Q&A from Thrivers Society Live!

How to Plan, Organize, and Execute a Month of Social Media Posts in One Day May 05, 2020

Do you want to know how to save time and sanity on social media? We could ALLLLL use a little more of both, right?

I get it boo, life feels a little overwhelming at this moment. But resist that urge to sip on a quarantini, because I'm gonna show you how to minimize your stress!

I’m coming in hot *does anyone have a fire extinguisher* with my strategy for planning, creating, and executing a MONTH of social media posts in ONE day. You heard that right boo! ONE DAY is all it’s gonna take.

You’re going to want to plug in those headphones and listen up Buttercup. It’s time for you to start showing up consistently on social media in the easiest way possible. Click play to begin relieving that stress.

Boo this is just a little taste of what we do on the inside of Social Curator. If you are looking for more social media help & a supportive community to come alongside you… then I’d love for you to join Social Curator at https://www.socialcurator.com/join!

5 Barriers That Stop You from Pursuing Your Dreams May 04, 2020

Real talk… have you given yourself permission to wholeheartedly pursue your dreams?

We ALLLLL face barriers when it comes to chasing our dreams. The difference is, do you let them stop you or do you jump right over them and leave them in your dust?

In this episode, I am addressing 5 barriers that stop you from pursuing your dreams.

Boo boo, here’s the thing, I’m bringing these up because they are barriers that I’ve faced before and occasionally still do. And on those dark days when I wasn’t sure if I could push through, I wish someone gave me this encouragement I’m about to share with you. This is made from my heart to yours. All right?

Your success is a foregone conclusion, boo boo. Click play to begin breaking down those barriers.

If you would like a personal cheerleader, a fierce community of fellow business owners coming alongside you, and tools to take your business to the next level, I would love to welcome you into Social Curator at https://www.socialcurator.com/join!

How to Optimize Engagement on Instagram Stories, Live, and IGTV | Social Curator Coaching Session Part 2 May 01, 2020

*Take 2!* It’s time for another Instagram-themed coaching session.

Ever wonder what the deal is with Instagram stories, IGTV and going LIVE? I mean, it can’t possibly be as successful as everyone says... No one wants to see my face on screen, right? Oh boo, you couldn’t be more wrong!

I know it can be intimidating and overwhelming but I’m telling ya friend, Instagram video features is where it’s at! By showing up for your audience in this way, you will see engagement go up because your followers are seeing a different, more personal, more engaging side to your business.

In this episode you’ll hear me answer questions on:

Best practices when using IGTV for your business
Utilizing different video angles to keep your viewers engaged
Nailing down your messaging on social media
How to go Live and get the most out of your Live content

Boo boo, I hope after listening to this episode you find confidence to go out and try something new. The best way to beat fear is by taking ACTION. Click play to start learning the tools and building your mindset!

If you'd like more help with showing up I’d love for you to join my free class on How to Plan 30 Days Worth of Content in 1 Day! Head to www.jasminestar.com/30days to save your seat.

The Key to Getting REAL Results on Instagram | Social Curator Coaching Session Part 1 Apr 30, 2020

Ever wish you could ask me your burning Instagram questions?

Listen up Buttercup, because today's your lucky day! I’m gonna bring you in on a coaching session I had on the inside of Social Curator where we talk about all things Instagram. I have not been asked questions this in depth, granular and amazing. *They put me through the ringer!*

In fact this coaching session was so good, that we actually had to break it up into two parts. That’s right, double the fun!

In this episode, you’ll hear me answer questions on:

How to get engagement using stories *all things polls, gifs, stickers, glitter & unicorns*
What content to save in your highlights *this is your opportunity to showcase your authority*
Using analytics to figure out your focus area *the algorithm is no joke y’all*
Featuring your team on your account *give credit where credit is due*

Hang on to your Instagram hat cause we’re about to blow it off. I can’t wait to share with you my key so you can unlock the door to all the opportunities there are on Instagram! Click play to take that first step!

And if you’re interested in joining me for one of my classes… I’m offering a free webinar on How to Plan 30 Days Worth of Content in 1 Day! Save your seat at www.jasminestar.com/30days

How to Write Scroll-Stopping Captions for Authentic Engagement Apr 28, 2020

I can’t believe what I’m about to tell you…….

Did I grab your attention?

On a scale of 1 - 10 how do you think your posts do at getting your audience’s attention and engagement? The struggle bus is at full capacity right now.

Don’t you worry, we've ALLLLLL been there. Not knowing what to write, side-eyeing someone else's grid for caption inspiration, playing eenie-meenie-minie-mo to choose a content strategy, or maybe you dramatically get down on bended knee like Boyz II Men asking the algorithm gods, “Whyyyyyyyy?”

I’m going to scoop out my favorite tips to writing scroll stopping captions like we at Baskin Robbins y'all.

I may not give you 31 flavors… but I WILL serve you up with my caption-writing formula in 3 simple steps: HIC (Hook, Insights, Call to Action).

So if you’re ready to hear all about juicy shares, how to identify a specific audience, resonate with your readers AND SO MUCH MORE, you’re gonna want to click play, boo boo.

Looking to dive in deeper? I’d love for you to join me for my webinar on How to Plan 30 Days Worth of Content in 1 Day! Register at https://www.jasminestar.com/30days and join us LIVE.

Should Business Owners Be Influencers? Apr 27, 2020

Listen up boo and listen up closely: you do not need to be an influencer to run a successful business

Don’t believe me?

I know so many of us are convinced that your account has to look a certain way, have a certain amount of followers, or have that blue check mark on it. Some of you strive to become an influencer as your ultimate goal, dreaming of sponsored ads, free products, and tons of adoring followers. I mean, it would just make business easier right? Oh Buttercup, I can’t wait to prove you wrong.

I was invited to speak at Spark U to high school senior girls recently and what I shared with them I want to share with you too:

There’s a difference between building a business with influence and being an influencer.

If you’re ready to hear why that influencer life isn’t as desirable as you think and how you really don’t need it to be successful, plug in those headphones and take a listen because things are about to get real good. It all starts with clicking play.

Getting TOO Personal on Social Media: How Much is Too Much? Apr 23, 2020

If you are a regular listener of the Jasmine Star Show (thanks boo!), you hear me preach all the time about getting personal on social media. I’m ALLLLLLL about building those relationships and talking as if you’re with your BFF.

However, is there such a thing as getting TOO personal on social media?

This is actually a question I’m asked quite often because it's something that many business owners struggle with. Maybe you want to get personal with your audience but respect the privacy of your family and friends. Or maybe you run a business like Nike or Starbucks *don’t we all wish?* that doesn’t have a “face” of the business. How do you get personal when people don’t even know you exist?

>>There is really no limit to how personal you can get on social media. It just depends on what you're comfortable with and what your audience wants to see.<<

What makes you unique as a business owner is one of the most powerful things you possess. Stay true to the business vision and share images that differentiate your company with the only true thing that makes your business different: YOU.

So let’s work on testing it out! Are you ready to get personal with your followers and create raving fans? Click play to hear all my thoughts on getting personal with your audience and how to start doing it!

Want more tips on how to build a brand and market it on social media? Visit www.jasminestar.com/branding for my free branding guide that contains goodies like Your Dream Customer Profile, The Fastest Way to Find Dream Clients Guide, and a Copywriting Workbook to Attract Dream Customers.

Are You a Freelancer or Entrepreneur? Seth Godin Has the Answer Apr 22, 2020

Let me ask you, friend: Do you consider yourself a freelancer or an entrepreneur? Because once you’ve identified which lane you are in it’s not only going to bring you confidence but help you approach how you do business.

Let me introduce you to my future best friend and spirit animal Seth Godin.
Seth is nothing short of a genius. He’s written 19 best-selling books, given 5 TED talks, and created life-changing workshops and online courses about marketing, entrepreneurship, and mindset.

Seth is about to spill the tea on my podcast *so turn that volume up!*

I’ll give you a hint: freelancers work with their own two hands while an entrepreneur’s job is to build systems so they don’t have to do the work.

Feel like you’re starting to figure out which camp you might be in… or are you even more confused? We can’t wait to help you discover it. For all the explanations and more click play!

How to Know if You Have the Right Type of Instagram Account for Your Business Apr 21, 2020

Are you struggling to identify your voice on social media?

There are millions of Instagram users so let’s get you to stand out! In this episode, I’m talking all things branding.

I believe the foundation to growing a tribe of loyal followers is by defining what branding category you're creating on Instagram. This is going to help frame what you should be posting, how you should be posting it, and help your followers understand what to expect from you.

Click play to hear ALLLLLL about it.

If you've enjoyed this training on defining your Instagram account, you will LOVE my free class on How to Plan, Organize, and Execute 30 Days Worth of Content in 1 Day! Head to www.jasminestar.com/30days to register and join us LIVE.

My Audio Diary: How Covid-19 is Affecting My Life and Business Apr 20, 2020

Anyone feel like they are living in an alternate reality? *cue the Twilight Zone theme song* During the COVID-19 quarantine, normal life is like a long lost friend we are desperately waiting to reconnect with.

Some of us are holding on to the hope that once the dust settles, life is going to completely go back to how it was. But boo boo, that’s just not realistic. It’s time to push past the disappointment and embrace new memories, new patterns, and new opportunities. JD and I are counting the days until social distancing is a thing of the past, but while we wait we are CHOOSING JOY.

I want to bring you in on one week of our new normal. Big crazy things are happening for me right now… some of them I'm even a little bit embarrassed to talk about. But these are the unexpected twists and turns that happen in the midst of a crisis.

I’m creating this podcast in real time and hope at some point in the near future I will be able to come back and talk about how things ended, how things fared, and the lessons I learned along the way.

If you’re ready for my real talk, clips from my personal life, and to get an inside look into a business navigating a really crazy time in human history… then click play. This is a rollercoaster of a time for all of us, but we are in this together!

And if this episode resonated with you, I’d love for you to leave a review!

3 Myths About Instagram That Are Holding You Back in Business | Social Media Marketing World Keynote Apr 16, 2020

I’m gonna throw it back to the early 2000s when the show Mythbusters was airing. Remember that show where they took common myths and either confirmed or busted them?

*I mean, who knew that turning off your ac and rolling down your windows doesn’t ACTUALLY save you gasoline!?*

In a keynote I presented at Social Media Marketing World, I take down some of the common myths people tell themselves about Social Media. Boo boo this is something I’m sooooooo passionate about because I don’t want these misconceptions to hold you back in your business.

Are you ready to stop letting myths keep you from showing up, adding what you can to the world, and being all you can be?

>> I want you to believe the impossibilities are possibilities for you! <<

Tune in to today’s episode where I break down the myths that are holding you back in business, Buttercup. And if you would like more help on owning social media head to www.jasminestar.com/igmarketingguide for my free Instagram Marketing Guide.

Finding the Silver Lining of COVID-19 for Your Business Apr 15, 2020

I feel like times of uncertainty make us do crazy things. I mean JD and I made a mad dash to the grocery story and want to know what we walked out with? A jar of olives, pimentos, coconut oil and cheese crisps. Who are we? Let's not talk about how I could really use extra toilet paper right now.

Showing up on social media can feel the same way. You scramble to put out anything and everything without a plan because you want to keep showing up right now. Or maybe you’ve shied away from posting because you want to be sensitive during this time. Whatever it might be, figuring out what conversations to have on social media can be tricky during COVID-19.

The good news is: more people are on social media than ever before, and the last thing anybody wants to see on there is more depressing news.

Say whaaaaaaattt? That’s GOOD NEWS y'all! That means you have a bigger audience and a better chance of getting your voice out there.

So are you wondering what content should you be publishing right now??

That’s exactly what Chase Jarvis and I talk about on his show with Creative Live. Listen up Buttercup, because we get into all the juicy strategies. Click play to join us!

Is Facebook DEAD? | Why + How You Should Market Your Business on the Platform with Over 2 Billion Users Apr 14, 2020

Is Facebook DEAD?

You might think Facebook is SOOOOO 2010…. but I'm here to tell you in 2020 Facebook is alive and well. In fact, it’s personally one of my favorite platforms.

I want to show you three ways you can market your business on Facebook and give you tons of tips along the way.

Starting a Facebook Page
Using Facebook Groups
Utilizing Facebook Ads

Buttercup, I’m all kinds of excited for this conversation because I’m ready to change your mindset on Facebook. You’ll hear tips on repurposing content, going live and scroll stopping captions and much, much more... so go on click play to join in on the fun.

Want more information on going live on Facebook? I gotchu boo. I’d love for you to check out my free Facebook Live guide here: http://jasminestar.com/fblive

How to Construct Your 45-Second Elevator Pitch | Ask Me Anything Apr 09, 2020

Friends, do you love a good Q&A? I’m ALLLLLL about that life! That’s why each week I go LIVE on Facebook and Instagram to show up for my audience and answer the questions they are struggling with.

In this episode you’re going to hear me answer questions on:

How to prioritize tasks
How to get people to buy into your business
How to create your 45- second elevator pitch
How to streamline your morning routine
How to establish boundaries

I’m going to stop there because I don’t want to spoil too much of this episode for you. If you like the little taste I gave and want the full meal, click play to listen!

And if you enjoy these short and sweet podcast episodes I’d love to know in a podcast review! I’m here to serve you and want to know what you enjoy so we can continue to grow here each and every week!

What To Say When Someone Says “That’s Too Expensive” with Ramit Sethi Apr 07, 2020

Have you ever struggled with how much to charge for your services or product? You question if you’re asking for too much or not enough, want to hide your head in a hole when someone says “that’s too expensive,” but also strive to charge enough to make ends meet.

Boo boo this is one thing that allllll businesses struggle with. You are not alone.

I had the opportunity to connect with Ramit Sethi, author of the New York Times bestseller I Will Teach You to Be Rich. He's known for his unique blend of business, finance and psychology. Ramit is going to walk you through how to set your prices for your business… it’s his proven technique to charge luxury prices y'all!

Are you ready for a confidence boost? *Think of this as that splash-of-water-across-your-face wake up call*

>> You are WORTH what you charge.<<

Your time, your ideas, your creativity, and your efforts are valuable. You have learned to be an expert in what you do, and only YOU can provide that special flair, that expert touch, and that care to what you do. You first need to believe and own it before anyone else will.

So are you ready to hang up your current mindset in regards to pricing and open your eyes to something you never even dreamed of? I can’t wait for you to hear this conversation with Ramit. Click play to dive on in!

How to Build Your Business While Social Distancing Apr 06, 2020

Let’s talk about what’s been on everyone’s minds lately… How to Build Your Business While Social Distancing. Is it even possible right now? How do you get past this tidal wave of overwhelm?

Your girl has a plan to wrap your business with hope, strategy and a future. Are you ready to hear it? This is not going to be a warm fuzzy conversation. No, this is a conversation about what real business owners are doing during this rather crazy time.

Here’s the good news...

>>There has never been a better time to grow your business then now.<<

This season, our hurdle is COVID-19 but next year it might be something else! You have to be prepared to keep moving forward no matter what is thrown at you. So if you’re ready to start hearing the tools on how to do so click play.

We are in this together boo boo and I can’t wait to see what you do!

Because I’m all about showing up and providing resources for you, especially in uncertain times… I want to introduce you to a Social Curator sneak peak. This is no nonsense, no pitch, no expectation, look inside my closed membership for business owners like you. So if you’d like to see what we do on the inside of Social Curator and download engaging caption templates so you know how to show up and talk about your business, visit https://www.socialcurator.com/sneakpeek

Creating a "Champagne Moment" to Make Your Dreams Reality | Interview on Don’t Keep Your Day Job Apr 02, 2020

Let me ask you friend… how good are you at setting goals?

If you’re anything like me, sometimes it’s hard to set goals and let yourself dream because you are afraid of being heartbroken.

What if I don’t meet my goals?
What will people think of me?

There’s a level of vulnerability when you speak them into existence. But boo boo that’s what I want to tackle with you right now with some simple tips and a mindset change!

I am going to be an unashamed guest-repeater right now and bring back one of my favorite people ever, Cathy Heller! We have a beautifully raw conversation about goals on her podcast Don’t Keep Your Day Job and I *had* to share it with you!

Click Play to hear this raw conversation that will inspire you to change your mindset and find your strength to dream no matter what the outcome is.

If you're feeling inspired by this conversation, shout us out on Instagram @Jasmine Star & @Cathy.Heller so we can cheer you on!

Pulling Back the Curtain: Day in the Life of a 7-Figure Business Owner Mar 31, 2020

Have you ever wondered what MY day looks like? I am pulling back the curtain to a day in the life of a seven figure business owner and inviting you to spend an entire work day with me.

*That’s right boo boo, you are straight up Dorothy revealing the little old man behind the Wizard of Oz!*

To be honest, my day to day looks really normal, my life really is no different than anyone else’s, I’ve just learned a few things over the years that I think will be beneficial to you, friend. . I’m sharing my day with you because I *wished* someone showed me what it was like to grow a business and have a team and balance a personal life all at the same time back when I started my journey as an entrepreneur.

This is a REAL behind the scenes of my life, complete with realtime recordings of:

feeding my baby
team meetings
recording Instagram stories
and a whole lot more!

Are you ready? Three, two, one here we go!

I’d love to know what you found most surprising about a day in the life of a seven figure business owner, so find me on Instagram @Jasminestar and shoot me a DM boo boo.

How to Stop Checking Your Likes: Your Plan to Becoming a Confident Business Owner with Susie Moore Mar 26, 2020

Whether you like to admit it or not, one of the biggest struggles every entrepreneur faces is worrying if your audience will like you or not.

You post something and immediately check how many likes you get… and if you don’t reach a certain amount in the first hour you consider deleting it. Or maybe you hesitate to send a DM to a stranger because you don’t know how it will come across so it just sits in your drafts waiting to be sent. *We’ve allllll been there, boo boo*

Want to hear something totally crazy?

>>It’s a-okay if people don’t like you.<<

In this episode, I interview gangster life coach and advice columnist Susie Moore about living a life where you don’t need other people’s approval.

Social media has blown up the comparison game we have *always* played in the back of our minds.Social media creates a much larger arena, with more “friends” than you’ve ever had, that you have access to 24/7. That has doom written all over it!

So let’s start capturing those lies that can come from it... that you are not good enough, that you are not good looking enough, that you are not talented enough, that you have nothing worth sharing, and a million other stories you’re telling yourself. Stop checking your likes and shake off the need for approval. It all starts by clicking play!

Many many thanks to my dear friend Susie Moore. To check out Susie’s book and show her some love, visit https://susie-moore.com/.

The Impact of COVID-19 on Your Business: How to Grow in Uncertain Times Mar 24, 2020

Boo boo, since the CoronaVirus showed up at our front door this month as a *very* unwelcome guest, we are allllll living in times of uncertainty right now. This past week has been nothing short of crazy, right? *I feel like I’m living in a movie right now… Hopefully that means a happy-ending is in our future!*

But when times are topsy turvy and I don’t kn0w what makes sense anymore... I make the decision to keep moving forward and keep taking action. I don’t have the answers but I find the answers by doing.the.work.

I can’t wait for us to look back on this season and see all the amazing opportunities we took hold of, the unexpected blessings that came out of it, the connections that were made, and the lessons we learned. Showing up for your audience and your business when times hit hard is when it matters the most.

>>You can't change what's happening with the world but you can change your mindset around it, Buttercup.<<

So if you’re wanting to make sense of the mess, show up for your audience, grow your business and feel confident doing it… click play to dive into this episode on building your business during uncertain times. You and me boo, we are in this together.

And because I’m not about just talking the talk boo, I want to show up for YOU. Our amazing team put together a Social Curator sneak peak for you during this time. This is a no nonsense, no pitch, no expectation. So if you’d like to see what we do on the inside of Social Curator and download engaging caption templates so you know how to show up and talk about your business, visit https://www.socialcurator.com/sneakpeek

A Candid Look At My Business Failures Mar 19, 2020

How do you handle failure? Do you let it completely crush you and stop you from moving forward? Or do you see it as an opportunity to learn and turn it into a success?

The feeling of failure is something every entrepreneur is going to deal with in their business. *It’s inevitable, boo boo!*

We have the tendency to put this pressure on ourselves and if something doesn’t quite work the way we hoped for we see it as a failure. But it doesn’t have to be!

In a Q&A I recently had on Facebook Live *yes boo, did you know I go live every Wednesday?* I talked about how to turn failure into success. It’s all about that mindset shift, friend.

>>If we don't have failures, we don't have lessons.<<

So click play if you’d like to hear about 3 lessons I’ve learned from my failures:

Don’t strive after perfection
Listen to others
Set priorities

I’m all about sharing my journey so that you can learn from the mistakes I made. I’m having the best time growing our businesses and chasing our dreams together.

In today’s episode I mention my video on 3 tips for Instagram Story Hashtags. Check it out here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UlVcdhAc6i8!

How to Get Lucky (In Life AND Business) Mar 17, 2020

What are your thoughts:

Do you see a successful business and think “boy that person got lucky”?
Or do you look at a successful business and see all the hard work that went in and believe that luck had nothing to do with it?

When I look back at my career, the thought of being in the right place at the right time seems unlikely, but I can't help wondering if some divine intervention played a part. *Like how else would a girl from the hood be running a multi million dollar business?!*

I believe that...

>>Luck is when preparation meets opportunity<<

When you look around at the people who are creating waves in the world and the people who have wild and amazing amounts of fans on the internet, it wasn't because they were good looking, rich,funny or witty. These were people who loved what they did so much and made it successful.

If you're sitting here looking at other people, asking yourself, why am I not as lucky as they are... I would ask you to dig a little deeper and ask why am I not doing the things that they are doing.

So if you’re ready to start doing the work and making your own luck, click play to listen!

Using Instagram to Sell Your Products (on a $12 budget!) | Interview on the Product Boss Podcast Mar 12, 2020

Gone are the days of going door to door selling encyclopedias or spending hours making cold calls to get someone to buy paper toner from your company *okay I’ve never personally done this…. but you see it all the time in movies!*

Nowadays, people have turned to Social Media to sell their products and services. I mean can we just stop and think about that for a second?! How cool is it that we get the privilege of being a part of this movement!?

>> Instagram is your portfolio to showcase your work and connect with the potential clients.<<

In this episode you’ll hear:

How to use Instagram stories to give an inside look at your business
How to use Instagram ads to target your ideal client
Tangible ways to build a personal connection through DMs
The type of photos that get 64% more engagement
How to create the perfect Call to Action to draw your audience in

I’d love to share with you my favorite way to market my business and help you develop a few tricks of your own! So if you are ready to be an UNFORGETTABLE presence and sell your business like a boss on Social Media Click play to listen!

If you’re looking for more help with your Instagram Stories game I’d love for you to check out my free story checklist: www.jasminestar.com/iggchecklist. You won’t regret it, boo!

How To Build A Successful Business Without Money, Resources, Talent, or Connections Mar 10, 2020

Have you been telling yourself the lie that you need to have money, resources, talent or connections to run a successful business?

Boo I want you to throw that mindset right out the window and never look back. In fact, I want you to reverse that car and run over it a few times just to make sure you completely get rid of it

As a girl from the hood, I didn't grow up watching people build businesses. I didn't grow up actually thinking that entrepreneurship was a path in life that I could take. I lived in so much self doubt and created this lie that I had to have the money, resources, talent or connections to make my way in life.

The thing I had to learn was that:

>>I just had to start with who I was, and with where I was at, and with what I had.<<

As a result of this lesson, I started taking simple actions and building habits from that mindset that radically transformed the way I approached my business and my life.

Click play to continue learning about the habits I built early on as a business owner and still maintain to this day.

If you would like to check out the free branding bundle I mention in this episode head towww.jasminestar.com/branding.

Who Cares What They Think of YOUR Business | Lularoe Convention Keynote + Q&A Mar 05, 2020

Want to know how to build a killer personal brand? Here’s the thing, it isn’t just important but rather a necessity if you want your business to actually work. A business without a brand is like a Kardashian without her phone. #useless

All jokes aside, your brand is what sets you apart. A brand is expectations, memories, stories and relationships that lead into a consumer's decision to choose one product or service over another.

How does your business make them feel?
How are you serving your ideal customer?
How are you creating an amazing experience from start to finish for them?

>> A brand is not defined by a business, a brand is defined by a consumer's perception of that business. <<

So let me ask you: What are your followers saying about you?

If you’re ready to start building your brand then CLICK PLAY to listen to the rest of my keynote presentation.

Interested in knowing when I may be giving a keynote near you? You can view all of my upcoming speaking events at www.jasminestar.com/speaking . I'd love to give you a hug in real life, and if we're not really going to hug in real life, maybe you can give me a digital hug in the form of a podcast review. It would mean the world to me to get to know you on a personal level. I read every single one of them!

Is Networking WHO You Know, or WHAT You Know? | Interview on Travis Chappell’s Build Your Network Podcast Mar 03, 2020

What is more important: WHO you know or WHATyou know?

I was recently asked that when I joined Travis Chappell on his podcast Build Your Network to discuss how to connect with people online to grow your business.

Here's the thing boo boo, you're going to be very hard pressed to find somebody who is worse at networking than me. *I’m all kinds of awkward* But I know how important it is and for me it’s all about what you know! But that’s contingent on if you’re willing to share it.

>> Buttercup, knowledge ain’t worth a dime if you don’t go out and share it.<<

It’s 2020, people! We don’t need to follow the 1980s way of networking. There are so many opportunities to grow your business by just being you and putting your information out into the world.

Travis and I cover so much ground in this interview and I’m so excited for you to join in on it! Click play to start learning how to best network online. And check out my show notes here: https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode40

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, I would love it if you subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show so you don’t miss a single episode. I love spending time with you every single week!

THIS Is Where Everyone Quits | Social Curator Coaching Session Feb 27, 2020

Have you ever felt so exhausted, overwhelmed and confused that you wanted to throw in the towel?

*Friend, I know I have and all of the ladies I brought in on my coaching call today have because it is NORMAL!*

It doesn’t matter how tough you are, what skills you have, or where you are at in your life... it’s normal! There isn't a single entrepreneur in the world who hasn't thought about quitting at least once.

When I first started my business, I did not have the kind of confidence I have today. In fact, one of the reasons I love these coaching calls is because I love hearing where everyone is at and encourage them in any way I can.

There is nothing I believe in more than teaching what I’ve learned, tested and tried to other business owners hustling hard to make their dreams a reality.

We are all going to feel stressed and overwhelmed when we put ourselves out there.

>>However, success goes to us who remain undaunted and keep pushing themselves forward past the point where everyone else may quit.<<

So if you’re telling yourself maybe this isn't for me after all... I am here to tell you this is for YOU. You are meant to be here. You are meant to do this. You are intended to pursue your passion and you are here to create a life that makes you excited to get out of bed every morning.

You are meant to do the thing that you love because why would you ever settle for anything else? So please, please, please Buttercup: do not give up.

If this is resonating with you right now, it is because you need to hear it. So take a deep breath have a good cry, but then go out and chase your wildest dreams with reckless abandon because you can.

Click play to hear how I coach Leanne, Megan, Amanda & Mye through their challenges and encourage them to keep pushing through when everyone else gave up. And of course, you can learn about our guests here: https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode39 !

How To Get Paid To Be You | Interview with Laura Belgray Feb 25, 2020

Have ever wished you could make your business an expression of yourself and get paid for it?

In this episode, I dive into an interview with Laura Belgray, founder of the Talking Shrimp, and we discuss getting paid to be YOU.

Friend, you don’t have to be living the Instagrammable life to make an impact. This is attainable for anyone, no matter what you look like, how you act, or what stage of life you are in...Your business should be an expression of yourself.

>>Being authentically you is one of the simplest and simultaneously hardest things you could do in your marketing.<<

It requires so much bravery because often, especially on the internet, we are attempted to tuck away the parts of ourselves that we don't really think will be accepted.

It’s easier to only post your flawlessly contoured #IWokeUpLikeThis face on Instagram.
It's easier to go live only when you have detailed notes and a good hair day.
It's easier to only show up on stories when you've just cleaned your house and the kids aren’t running around like crazy

But you know what’s worth moreBeing relatable, engaging, & profitable, which comes by showing up consistently as YOURSELF. Click play to listen to all the tangible steps you can take to do that, and learn more about Laura Belgray in the show notes here: https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode38.

Feeling Overwhelmed? Click Play! | 6 Strategies to Reduce Stress for Entrepreneurs Feb 20, 2020

Do you struggle with the feeling of OVERWHELM? Maybe it’s due to the feeling that there's always more to do, more to learn and more to work on? *I’m not raising one hand but two hands with you*

If you're overwhelmed in your business, you're not alone. So it’s time to have a mindset shift.

In this episode you’re going to learn how to:

Start each day with a gratitude list #blessed
Remind yourself of what you’ve accomplished over the past 3 months
Stop dreaming and start doing *it’s all about that messy action*
Focus on one thing at a time *multitasking is a hoax boo*

Now I get it... Your time is limited or you’re worried about taking that step before you’re ready. You might like the idea of this practice, but will you actually do it?

>>The only thing more tragic than making a mistake in business is not doing something to begin with.<<

So boo boo let me be your number one fan, you know the one with the giant foam finger, and cheer you on because YOU GOT THIS. Click play to start fighting the overwhelm! And check out my show notes at https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode37

If you have a business bestie, family member, coworker, or random stranger who you think needs to hear this message please share this podcast with them! Together, we can fight overwhelm and find peace in this crazy world of entrepreneurship.

Launching Your Business Before You’re Ready | Business Boutique Q+A Panel Feb 18, 2020

Are you ready to be taken to business church?!

Good, because I’m about to preach atcha in this panel Q&A I did at Business Boutique with four other AMAZING business owners. *You’re going to be saying all the amens after this!*

You’re going to hear everything from:

How to narrow down your focus when you're multi-passionate
What to do when you're spinning your wheels and not moving forward
How to launch your business before you're ready
How to set goals with the end in mind

Friend, I’m going to stop there because this episode is SOOO packed full of business nuggets that I want you to start listening ASAP and get all you can out of it! So click play and join us for this amazing conversation

Shout out to the incredible Christy Wright & Dave Ramsey’s Business Boutique, as well as all the amazing panelists who slayed this Q&A!

If you liked this episode, I’d love for you to subscribe and view the show notes at https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode36! Let’s continue learning and growing together, boo boo.

One Thing Every New Business Owner Needs to Know | Business Boutique Keynote Feb 13, 2020

Do you want to hear the one thing every new business owner needs to know? Even if you aren’t a new business owner you’re going to want to tune in!

I had the privilege of speaking last year at Christy Wright’s Business Boutique, an incredible conference In Nashville, TN with thousands of business women. The energy of that conference was something special and I want to bring you in on it.

I fully believe that my purpose is serving my followers in only the way that I can. If I show up and serve these women well, businesses could change

When business changes... homes change…
When homes change... neighborhoods change...
When a neighborhood changes... a city changes.
And when cities change… lives change.

>>Y'all, if you could serve one person really, really well, you can create big changes.<<

So let’s figure out how you and only you can make an impact right where you are at, in the place you are at, with the skills you have, and the tools you’ve been given, shall we?!

Grab your pen & notebook or open the notes app on your phone and let's dive into my keynote at Business Boutique 2019. You won’t want to miss hearing the one thing every business owner needs to know. Click play to listen!

If you would like more tips on how to build your personal brand, head to Jasminestar.com/branding.

My Real Life Adoption Story Feb 11, 2020

Have you ever waited for something for so long that you begin to doubt that it’s in the cards for you? And if you’re lucky, when it finally happens your heart just bursts and all that waiting was totally worth it because you couldn’t possibly imagine another outcome?

Well Buttercup, I want to take you on the journey of meeting my daughter for the first time. Yes, I just said my DAUGHTER. I waited years to say those words and today I get to say it publicly on this podcast.

For years, my husband and business partner JD & I were determined to start our family through adoption. We looked into international adoption, foster to adopt, different agencies and attorneys. We were sooooo ready to will our experience as parents into existence but we had no idea the years of heartache and longing we would endure before we would be placed with our healthy, happy, and beautiful baby girl.

So many of you have been on this journey with us and I can’t even begin to describe how your constant encouragement, prayers and presence impacted us during this season. But now we cannot WAIT to share with you the process we went through, the mindset that got us through it and the incredible story of the week that changed our lives forever.

Join us step by step as we share our story… with a few tears along the way… by clicking play.

Is Work/Life Balance a Myth? | Interview on The Balanced Life Podcast Feb 06, 2020

Boo boo, I see you juggling all those work projects, driving out to meet a new client, running to drop your kids off at soccer games, rushing home to make dinner.... *the list goes on and on and on and on* And I know you don’t think you’ll see the end of it. You’ve lost all hope that you can find balance.

>>Well I’m here to give you the assurance and proof that a balanced work & personal life can exist.<<

In an interview on the The Balanced Life Podcast, my good friend Robin Long dives deep into how my husband & business partner JD & I keep balance in our lives.

She asks me everything from how JD and I divide our household responsibilities and deal with the pressures of having your life look a certain way, and so much more!

I want this podcast to encourage you to live with more freedom and less guilt. And to understand that we're all making choices each day to find our own unique sense of balance... there's not one way to do things.

Click play to hear my full conversation with Robin & learn practical tips to finding that balanced life.

Don’t forget to show Robin some love on her podcast The Balanced Life: https://thebalancedlifeonline.com/podcast/

How To Establish A Daily Routine That Will Profoundly Impact Your Life And Business Feb 04, 2020

Boo boo, do you ever feel like there’s not enough hours in the day? *I feel you!*

I felt the same way until I established a daily routine that profoundly impacted my life and business. Get ready to take that sigh of relief and make the most out of your day in this step-by-step plan to make yours!

Before this schedule, I got caught up solely focusing on what was due in the moment and what my deadlines were rather than thinking about the bigger picture.

So I started asking myself:

Where do I want to go?
What do I want to create?
What is going to change where I am now to where I want to be in the future?

And here’s the biggest thing I learned:

>>Where you want to go in your business lies in setting your daily non negotiables.<<

If you’re ready to start building your schedule around non-negotiables and hear more about my favorite steps to setting a routine click play and visit the show notes at https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode33! I want to give you the power to feel accomplished and refreshed after each and every day.

And if you want to continue streamlining your schedule and kiss the overwhelm goodbye then check out my free productivity guide www.jasminestar.com/productivity!

3 Actionable Steps To Make Over Your Instagram Account | ShowIt United Keynote Jan 30, 2020

Are you ready for a Social Media makeover? *The kind of makeover that would make the Fab 5 from Queer Eye proud?* You won’t even be able to recognize your Instagram by the time I’m done with it!

In late 2019, I had the privilege of speaking on a stage at United, an annual conference for photographers. I loved this keynote because I did something completely different: I critiqued the Instagram accounts of AUDIENCE MEMBERS.

*Aren’t you glad you’re safe at home or in your car and not being exposed in front of hundreds of people at this conference?*

If you are ready to hear exactly what I would change about your Instagram account from your bio to your photos to how you engage with followers, this episode is all for you. So without further ado, here's my keynote at United 2019. Click play to listen!

Speaking of making changes, are you ready to take your business to the next level using my proven Instagram strategy? Then you need my Instagram marketing guide, boo boo! Download it for FREE at http://www.jasminestar.com/igmarketingguide.

How to Remove Fear and Replace it with Messy Success with Cathy Heller Jan 28, 2020

Fear can be a crippling thing. I know that all too well. *Fear is like that uninvited guest at the party but NEVER FAILS to show up.*

From birth, we have all developed survival skills and what often happens is that we approach everything in life with a strategy to avoid pain so we don’t put ourselves out there.

I get it friend, the stakes are high and vulnerability can be crippling. But every successful person I know has one thing in common: They give themselves permission to do the hard things, even when it isn't perfect and even when they are messy.

>>I know you want to find the success you’ve always dreamed of… But it won’t come knocking on your door without the courage to embrace the mess.<<

In this episode, I interview one of my dear friends Cathy Heller, host of the podcast and author of Don't Keep Your Day Job. If you are ready to find your courage click play to listen and check out my show notes at https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode31

If you loved this episode, we’d love to continue connecting with you on Social Media. Follow us on Instagram: @cathy.heller and @jasminestar\

How To Serve The Gap In The Market | Interview on She’s Crafted To Thrive Jan 23, 2020

Want to hear about the time I broke the internet?

I went on Nikita William’s podcast She’s Crafted to Thrive and boo she found a trap door to a part of my origin story that I rarely talk about. *She’s one gangster detective!"

In this interview, I felt open, exposed, and I also exhilarated at the same time.

>>I’m giving you ALLLLL my tips and tricks to finding that gap in the market and filling it.<<

Just like Julie Andrews says… Let’s start at the very beginning… when I first had this crazy idea to become a photographer and bring my service into the world,you’ll hear about how I broke the internet by putting an online photography class together.

If you walk away with one thing it’s that no idea is too crazy!

I don’t want you looking back on your life and asking:

Did I do the things I wanted to do?
Did I live my purpose?
Was I passionate?

Let’s find that gap in the market where you can use your giftedness and put out those crazy ideas!

So click play to listen and read the show notes at https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode30

If you enjoyed this episode as much as I did, I would love to invite you to subscribe to the podcast so you never miss a single episode. Until next time friend, shine on!

Avoiding Sales Burnout, Getting Real Engagement + Marketing Made Easy | Social Curator Coaching Session Jan 21, 2020

Let’s be real: ain’t no entrepreneur getting 8 uninterrupted hours of work time. It’s just not realistic. And that’s not the life we chose! We could be sitting in a comfy office for 8 hours straight and there’s nothing wrong with that but that’s not how we roll.

I want you to learn how to use your hours with no nonsense. It’s about dedicating and protecting your time, but it’s also about permission and understanding. You have to give yourself grace and take things as they come.

If you’re ready to find that balance then take a front row seat to a coaching session I have with Social Curators. I talk ALLLLLL things managing time, avoiding sales burnout, getting real engagement and marketing. These moments are so dear to me because I get to hear from hustling business owners just like YOU! So join me by clicking play and let’s create a clear path to productivity, determination, and hutzpah!

You can learn more about the Curators coached in this episode in the show notes at https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode29

And if you would like more monthly business coaching, the best way for you to do that is to join Social Curator, my monthly membership site for business owners. We have rockstar community full of hustlers and dreamers. Open enrollment closes on Jan 22 so don’t miss out on your opportunity! For more information visit www.socialcurator.com.

20/20 Vision For 2020: How To Double Your Business (Without Losing Your Time or Sanity!) Jan 16, 2020

What if I told you I could help double your business in 2020? *You’d be looking for my magician’s hat and wand, am I right?* While I’d like to think that I’m the next Harry Potter... this is truly something attainable for anyone.

I’m going to show you the exact steps to doubling your business using social media, and share the stories of business owners who ALREADY HAVE doubled their business using the same system I created.

It all can be done with 3 easy strategies:

Customer
Content
Consistency

>>These strategies revolutionized my business growth<<

It’s time to click play and start taking your first steps to doubling your business.

I’d love for you to join me on the inside of Social Curator for further business tips! Head on over to www.socialcurator.com/join to become a member before enrollment closes!

How to Change From a Dreamer to a DOER | Interview on the RISE Podcast with Rachel Hollis Jan 14, 2020

Buttercup, I cannot wait to get into this podcast episode with you! I joined the queen herself, Rachel Hollis, on her podcast Rise. She and I go deep talking about our shared background and having the audacity to dream despite what others might have told us.

You’re going to hear all about how I changed from a dreamer to a doer the first time I picked up a camera… Was it perfect? Of course not! You better believe it was all sorts of sloppy, boo boo, because I had no idea what I was doing. *Google became my best friend.*

If you’re ready to continue learning how to move from dreamer to doer, grab your cup of coffee and join Rachel and I for one of my favorite discussions! Click play to listen and check out my show notes at https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode27

Need more help on propelling forward? Sign up for my free webinar, How to Double Your Business without Losing your Time or Strategy here: https://www.jasminestar.com/2020. I’ll see you there!

Nail Your Niche: Tips to Finding Your Dream Customer Jan 09, 2020

What is your NICHE? I know that can be a scary + fancy word… *I mean how do you even pronounce it?* but when it comes to marketing, your business specificity is key.

>> There are riches in niches, boo boo. <<

If you’re like me, the first thing I do when hiring someone or buying a product is read their bio or About Me section.

In order for you to stick out in a saturated market, you have to become an authority based on personality, purpose, and promise of what you're going to deliver to the customer.

When it comes to identifying your niche, ask yourself:

What problem do you specifically solve?
Who do you specifically serve?
How specifically do you serve them?
Why you? Why you over another business?

So if you’re ready to start identifying what your niche is and how to better serve your customers listen to my entire episode and check out my show notes https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode26!

If you need more help with finding your niche and would like an easy step by step approach to explaining who you serve and how you help them… you are going to LOVE my Nail Your Niche workbook! Download it for FREE at www.jasminestar.com/niche.

How To Build A Business Without Facebook or Instagram Jan 07, 2020

What would happen if Facebook, Instagram & all other Social Media platforms ceased to exist?

Boo is that not a WAKE UP CALL! Is your heart beating a little faster right now? *Mine sure is*

I know this question sounds counter to all the tips and tricks I provide you guys. I’m a huge advocate of social media and I still am, but here’s the thing…

>>We cannot be dependent on social platforms you don’t own.<<

I am a massive believer in using my website to showcase my brand, to build a strong email list and use it as a division of my blog as well. THESE are platforms that belong entirely to my business. Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, Twitter, Pinterest, LinkedIn… These platforms are meant to drive traffic to my website but I never want to solely rely on them. That's why I am here to diversify your approach with the best advice that I can give!

If you’re ready to set security and build your business without social media click play to listen. Don’t forget to check out the show notes at https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode25.

Buttercup if you want to learn even more tips on building your business in 2020, I’d love for you to join me for my 60 minute masterclass: How to Double Your Business without Losing your Time or Strategy. To save your seat for this free masterclass, head to https://www.jasminestar.com/2020. I can’t wait to see you there!

The Complete Guide to Goal-Setting In 2020 Jan 02, 2020

Friends we’ve officially made it to 2020! Can you believe it!? I don’t know about you but I’m NERVCITED about this year, you know nervous + excited. *Yeah I made up a word because I’m gangster like that*

This year holds so many possibilities, but if you don't know where you are headed, you'll never know when you arrive.... Or at least that's what my mom always told me. *She also said a lot of other quirky things like clean your room, it'll make Jesus happy. But as an adult, I've chosen to focus only on the statements that make sense to me all these years later!*

Boo boo, I want to help you to find your vision and set those goals. Because once you know where you're going all the sideway tracks, the pitfalls, and the truck stops off random highways in middle America will be okay because you’re secure in where you will end up.

So if you’re ready to start setting those goals and pushing yourself forward with a purpose click play to listen and check out the show notes at https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode24.

If you have the incredibly brave goal of doubling your business in 2020 *like me!* I'd love to invite you to my upcoming 60 minute masterclass: How to Double Your Business without Losing your Time or Strategy. To save your seat for this free masterclass, head to https://www.jasminestar.com/2020. I’d love to see you there!

The Two Biggest Mistakes Business Owners Make (And How To Avoid Them!) | Social Curator Coaching Session Dec 31, 2019

As a very busy business owner this holiday season, you have a lot on your plate and there ain’t no time for mistakes!

In this episode we dive into another coaching session with members of Social Curator and all the business mistakes I made when starting out. *Spoiler Alert* there’s plenty of them!

So if you want to know what advice I would give 2010 Jasmine you’re going to want to tune in. I talk about how I learned:

To invest in myself
To give myself proper grace
To ask the right questions
To find confidence when sharing my story
To present my services properly

>>I wish I didn't wait so long to learn all these tips and boo boo I don’t want you to wait so long either.<<

It’s time for you to learn from the mistakes I made and get ahead of the game! I can’t wait to hear what you take away.

So Click Play to be a fly on the wall in this amazing conversation.

View the Show Notes here: https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode23
Sign up for my free webinar, How to Double Your Business without Losing your Time or Strategy here: https://www.jasminestar.com/2020. I’ll see you there!

What It Takes To Become A Successful Entrepreneur (As Told By My Christmases Past) Dec 24, 2019

The song It’s the Most Wonderful Time of the Year has been ringing in my ears! But it’s also an incredibly busy time of year, am I right?! The decorations need to go up, the presents need to be bought, the menus need to be prepared, the parties need to be attended, and all this in the midst of trying to promote your business.

Here’s the thing I’ve learned over the years... in the midst of all this chaos it’s SO important to slow down and reflect.

>> The holiday season is a time to reflect and express appreciation for things that money cannot buy. <<

I am so thankful when I think of Christmases past. I remember moments and experiences that make me appreciate the true reason of Christmas and feel fortunate to live the life I am today.

So let’s try something. I want to get personal and share holiday memories that shaped who I am and I want YOU to do the same. So this is my invite to you to think back to Christmas memories that really shaped who you are and how you function as a business owner.

So grab your hot cocoa or better yet spiked eggnog because you know... alcohol makes my stories way more fun and let’s celebrate what truly matters. Click play to listen! And check out the show notes at https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode22

How To Use Instagram Stories To Show The Behind The Scenes of Your Business Dec 19, 2019

Oh boo, I see you sinking lower into your seat as you read the title of this podcast. Instagram stories can be a scary thing! *This introvert gets it! That’s why I love me a good Instagram filter #realtalk*

If you've been wondering whether or not you should use Instagram stories to relate to your followers and how to navigate the ever-changing algorithm, this episode is for you. So sit a little higher and enjoy.!

>>Friend, stories are profoundly powerful<<

Stories provide the opportunity to bring your followers into who you really are. We all know that someone’s feed is curated to look a certain way… I mean nobody just “woke up like this #blessed.” That’s not real life.

Stories, on the other hand, really reveal a different side that people can trust. They show the behind the scenes, they show the heart, they show the good and bad. It’s where the real human connection happens.

So let’s get out of our comfort zones and sit in the awkward so we can show up for our followers! Click Play for more! Don’t forget to check out the show notes for all the details including a link to my free Instagram Stories Checklist here: https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode21

Dealing with Depression as an Entrepreneur: Jasmine and Amy Porterfield Get Real Dec 17, 2019

Want to know something I’m embarrassed to admit? I have suffered from depression for years and I used to never want to talk about it... like, stuff-it-in-a-shoe-box-and-shove-it-under-the-bed kind of embarrassment.

Here’s the thing: I know I portray a dog petting, book reading, coffee drinking, JD loving life on social media but depression can be found in some of the most seemingly happy people you know.

For many people the holiday season can be a really tough time. Maybe you've had a loved one pass recently, or maybe there’s a lot of expectations on you during the season, or perhaps there's just a lack of sunlight that’s getting you down… whatever it might be boo, know that you are NOT alone.

That is why I wanted to share with you one of the hardest yet most necessary podcast interviews I have ever done with my dear friend Amy Porterfield.

We discuss:

What it means to have depression as an entrepreneur
How to find a support system if you need it
Why you should not be ashamed in sharing your story

So are you ready? Let's do this TOGETHER. It all starts by clicking play! You can also check out my show notes to learn more about Amy at https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode20/.

Standing Out In A Saturated Market Over The Holidays | Social Curator Coaching Session Dec 10, 2019

Are you ready to get your business to stand out? You have an amazing business that only YOU can uniquely bring into this world. So let’s get others to see that, Buttercup!

In a recent coaching season, I invited business owners in Social Curator to ask me questions about how to best position their business in a competitive market.

In this episode, we dive into three main areas:

How to stand out in a saturated market
What to do when your calendar isn't quite as full as you would like it with a steady flow of customers
How to be strategic on social media

>>Friend, you are unique enough to stick out in a saturated market <<

So let’s work on finding your confidence, building your message & setting your plan. We will be cheersing to your success in no time... it all starts by clicking play!
Don’t forget to also check out the Show Notes to learn about each of the business owners I had the privilege of working with here: https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode19

The Way Small Actions Lead To A Big Impact Dec 03, 2019

It’s Giving Tuesday ya’ll! One of my FAVORITE times of the year! *cue the confetti because it’s going to be a party up in hurr* If you’re not familiar with it, Giving Tuesday is the Tuesday after Thanksgiving that promotes a day of charitable giving.

JD and I are involved with a few charities and one of those is Austin Angels. Austin Angels is an organization that walks alongside children in the foster care system and their families.

Recently, I had an opportunity to speak to each of the national chapters of the Angel organization about using social media to connect caring and amazing donors to children who need help within the foster care system. I’m EXCITED to share the Q&A that I had with them and hope you feel inspired listening to it.

Are you ready for a business meets lifestyle conversation? I’m talking all things social tips, business tricks and a personal glimpse into my life as an entrepreneur. I even get into how JD & I decided on adoption!

If you take one thing away from this episode I hope it’s this:

>>Don’t be afraid to bring people in on your journey.<<

I love sharing my story with YOU boo! But I know the hesitation going into it *trust me this introvert gets it* It might be painstaking for you to get in front of the camera or let strangers in personally through a caption. But we all have a story to share! And you never know who yours is going to reach or what you can invite them in on!

So friends, I hope you enjoy the journey I share in this podcast. If you would like to share this episode, read the show notes here: https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode18

The Thanksgiving Gratitude Practice No One Is Talking About Nov 28, 2019

Ya’ll know that Norman Rockwell painting of the classy family around the Thanksgiving table? The one where the mom is holding a perfectly golden turkey and the dad is dressed in a suit beaming with pride.

Growing up I went into every Thanksgiving with that picture in mind and let’s just say my family is known to have frozen turkey and clothing is optional. We are not your all American family.

While our dinners never looked like what I imagined, I've learned to find gratitude in the mess of it all because that's the trick.

>>The key to finding happiness is gratitude.<<

There’s always something to be thankful for. Boo, I hope you make time to find beauty in everything.

So let’s simply take a moment to realize just how blessed we are today. If you want to hear more about my crazy family Thanksgivings and learn to find happiness through gratitude then take a listen!

If you'd like to read the show notes for this episode, you can do so here: https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode17. Happy Thanksgiving to you, friend!

How To Take Amazing Instagram Photos For Your Business | Interview on the Boss Babe Podcast Nov 26, 2019

Have you ever wondered how to take better photos for Instagram? *I see you nodding your head, boo!*

You’ve written an engaging caption but now it’s time to focus on taking a gripping photo that makes someone stop scrolling on their feed.

You might be thinking: “I’m too afraid to start posting on Instagram because my life is far from Instagram-worthy.”

Let me tell ya Buttercup, there’s no secret or code to starting, and even the most successful people’s lives are anything BUT Instagrammable . Even the best photographers are still figuring it out as they go!

I mean heck, I jumped into the photography business not even owning a camera! I could tell you ALLLLLLL the stories of people who tore me to shreds about what I was doing wrong. But I stuck a flag in the ground and claimed this is who I am. *I want to see you do the same.*

If you’re ready to find your confidence and take a boss picture that not only looks good to you but to your audience, grab your camera and click play.

I’m flexing my photography muscles and giving you my top tips for taking Instagram photos:

Good Lighting
The Rule of Thirds
Coloring & Style
Lifestyle
Authenticity

Read the show notes here: https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode16.
With your busy schedule, you know the importance of posting on Social Media but boo boo, who has the TIME?! This is why I would like to invite you to download 5 FREE lifestyle stock photos here: www.jasminestar.com/freestockphotos

How To Follow Your Dreams Without The Fear of Regret Nov 21, 2019

Why is it that you so believe the message SHOOT FOR THE STARS and YOU CAN DO ANYTHING YOU PUT YOUR MIND TO when you’re a kid but as an adult you hide in the corner belittling your ability. *Boo boo, lock me up because I’m guilty as charged.*

Let’s throw that negative mindset out like those stanky old sneakers sitting in your closet.

I don’t want to catch you quietly dreaming but not taking action because of fear, doubt, or any of the arsenal of excuses you have lined up waiting to shoot at me. *I ain’t going to hear them!*

That wild dream is longing to get out! So Buttercup, step out into your purpose. You have a special gift that only YOU can provide to this world.

You aren’t guaranteed tomorrow, heck you’re not even guaranteed the next minute. That fact alone is enough to make me get out of bed each morning with some big gangster hoop earrings and take action.

>>Do it scared because if you don’t, you’re robbing the universe of the thing that you’ve been put here to do.<<

So let’s go back to being those kids on the school playground who dreamed big and believed they could do anything they put their mind to!

One day you'll look back and see how far you've come…. Remembering this right here was the moment that changed everything. So if you want to step into who you were made to be and continue to be inspired grab those headphones and listen to this episode.

Check out the show notes for this episode here: https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode15/

Coaching Session | Pivoting Your Business As Your Passion Changes Nov 19, 2019

We all know that change is inevitable. I mean, 15 years ago I was on track to become a lawyer! Could you imagine where all of us would be NOW? You’d be listening to someone else’s podcast…. Or maybe still mine but it would be a whooooole different ball game.

In today’s podcast, we’re talking about PIVOTING your business with your passions.

Maybe you are in the midst of that change now or maybe it is on the horizon *whether or not you can see it yet!*. Pivoting can look both big (like,you’re completely changing your career to something else entirely) or small (like staying within your industry but changing what service you are focusing on).

So what are you going to do when that change comes?

Here’s the thing, boo boo: I want you to EMBRACE the change! I never want you reaching a wall and thinking, Is this it?.

I don’t want you feeling stuck like that gum on the bottom of your shoe! I want to dare you to dream, to dream big for your business and for yourself.

So listen if you’re ready to transition yourself and learn:

How to find what only YOU were made to do
How to shift your messaging and communicate change to your followers
How to provide a clear transformation for your community
How to become an authority to your audience
How to incite FOMO (the fear of missing out) online

>> What you do should fire you up and give you life! <<

So take it one step at a time… and be unafraid to DREAM BIG!
Read the show notes and learn about each guest here: https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode14.

To join Social Curator and be coached by yours truly, check It out here: https://www.socialcurator.com

Turn Procrastination Into Your Purpose Nov 14, 2019

Where my procrastination friends at? You raising your hand or did you already hop off this podcast platform and start looking up dog videos? *you know that’s my kryptonite*

You are not alone. Every single one of us procrastinate to some capacity. But here’s the thing...

>>Procrastination is the highest form of selfishness.<<

Yeah I said it, and I’m not backing down boo boo! Every minute you waste is robbing others from your greatest purpose. It’s robbing your friends, your partner, your children, your community. It’s robbing the people you are intended to serve.

And if you’re thinking “I don’t procrastinate, I’m just a perfectionist waiting for the right moment”. I want to hit you in the face with this quote:

>>“Perfection is just procrastination in disguise”<<

Perfect doesn’t exist Buttercup. You’re just wasting valuable time. All the time you wait trying to make something perfect is you not putting yourself or your product into this world. You will not know how to make your product or service better until you take it out to market. So stop robbing others of what you could be serving them with!

If you’re ready to take your messy self and quit making excuses and quit getting side tracked scrolling through instagram or reading the latest celebrity gossip in US Weekly... *yes I’m guilty of this too* … then listen to this podcast and read the show notes here; https://jasminestar.com/podcast/episode13a

How To Build An Unforgettable Brand | Connecting Things Keynote Nov 12, 2019

Do you want to know the secret to making your brand UNFORGETTABLE in the eyes of your dream customer? Oh baby boo you better take out that pen and paper because you’re getting allllll the juicy details today.

A brand is not defined by a business, but by the consumer's perception of the business.

>>It is what somebody says about your business when you walk out of the room.<<

When you make your audience feel happy, empowered, and educated they feel fulfilled. They turn into your RAVING FANS!

So how do you do that?

Well Buttercup it all starts by pressing play!

I’m giving you ALLLLL my top tips for creating a brand that turns your customers into raving fans.

I’ll dive into:

Creating content that reflects your personality
Building personal connections on and offline
Using the best hashtags to attract your ideal customer to your brand
Balancing your personal life with your business

So who’s with me!? Get my FREE Branding Resource Bundle >>HERE<< and check out the show notes for this episode >>HERE!<<

3 Tactical Tips For Turning Followers Into Customers This Holiday Season Nov 07, 2019

It’s tempting to think your business will be lost in a sea of social media posts this holiday season.

People are being sold to at every turn and they’re going to have to decide where to swipe their credit card. So how do you get your business to stand out amongst the rest of the juicy offers?

If selling around the holidays feels like trying to make conversation at the dinner table with your awkward uncle… then boo, this episode is for you!

>>The best way to combat the holiday stress is to have a plan for selling on social.<<

Click play to hear my 3 tips for turning followers into customers during the holidays.

So if you’re with me, let’s pop this holiday promotion season wide open like a bottle of eggnog!

Read the show notes for this episode >>HERE!<<

Fake It Til You Make It? Building A Business Despite Your Doubts | Interview On The Go-Getters Podcast Nov 05, 2019

Have YOU ever felt like an imposter? Like I’m going to fake it until I make it and hope

no one notices?

Everyone struggles with imposter syndrome, the feeling that we aren’t good enough, in some way or another. *I’m right there with ya!* Symptoms of imposter syndrome include asking yourself: Who am I to do this when there are other people more qualified, richer, better looking, funnier, whittier and more popular?

If you’re guilty of this, I want to shake that mindset up like a can of soda pop, boo!

Instead of saying “Who am I?” I challenge you to ask yourself WHO AM I NOT?

In this episode you will learn how to:

Combat fear with action
Speak with a level of authority when you feel as timid as a mouse
Find *and thrive in* your place of power
Thank the haters *that’s right!*
Do it scared because choosing fear is the ticket to growth

So if you want to overcome the imposter syndrome, choose to be scared and grow your business instead of spinning on the hamster wheel of despair, then give this episode a listen and turn the volume up full blast! And if you want a little extra magic, I’ve provided a mindset shifting exercise for you to do >>HERE<< and feel free to read the show notes >>HERE!<<

Because YOU ARE GOOD ENOUGH! And I don’t mind shouting that from the mountain tops.

Creating A Productivity Map To ACTUALLY Achieve Your Goals Oct 29, 2019

Raise your hand if you feel surrounded by hustlers who have their junk together?

You know the ones, they’ve already planned and executed their perfect work day … for next week... while you’re over here still trying to finish making your first cup of coffee?

The struggle is real, friend.

It's tempting to think that some people can just do more with the time they're given. *But boo, that could not be further from the truth.* We all have the same ability to succeed and the same amount of hours each day!

What if I told you I could help you map out your next three months in less than 30 minutes?

I want to give you the foundation you need to turn your dreams into reality by creating a plan to get you there!

In this podcast, I’m going to help you:

Stop getting distracted & stop making excuses that get in the way of you accomplishing your goals
Move past the feeling of overwhelm by focusing on a smaller list you can tangibly handle
Build a timeline for your projects & stick to it every quarter
Learn the importance of pausing and breathing to keep yourself grounded

It's not about your ability to succeed. It’s about whether you are disciplined enough to create a plan.

If this was helpful for you, please subscribe and review and pass this episode along to someone who might need it. I can’t wait for us to pursue our goals together!
Check out the show notes for this episode >>HERE!<<

Decide To Succeed | The Business Choice You Need To Make Oct 24, 2019

Life is full of choices. Little and small, personal and business, negative and positive.

You can choose to feel misunderstood. You can choose to hide. You can choose to throw in the towel on your dreams.

OR….

You can choose to believe your work will pay off. You can choose that your efforts are not in vain. You can choose that you are right where you are meant to be. You can choose to invite others into your story.

The biggest choice though, is to decide to succeed.

Friends, there is nothing more that I want than to see you succeed! So what’s it going to be? Are you ready to join me in this episode and embrace your SUCCESS!?

You can find me on social media @Jasminestar, or we can remain audio buddies! Feel free to subscribe to this podcast so you don't miss a single episode.

To view the show notes with relevant links, check them out >>HERE!<<

Social Media Mastery | Interview On The Ed Mylett Show Oct 22, 2019

There’s this beast that we all face on a daily basis... It’s one that’s always changing and leaves you confused and wanting to curl up crying on your bathroom floor. That beast... SOCIAL MEDIA.

If you’re ready to get inside my head [*warning* that’s a scary place, trust me] and find out everything I know about social media then you’re in the right place! I spill it ALL in this interview with my sweet friend, Ed Mylett.

In this episode, I’m going to teach you how to:

Use consistency to build a reputation with your followers and [*bonus*] track what type of posts hit better with your audience so you can double down on them
Create content that gets into your ideal client’s psyche because any time a consumer looks at a piece of content that feels like it's tailor made for them, they will follow, they will spend more, they will wait more, and they will support more.
Navigate conversations online to show value to your followers and build your tribe
Post the same content across multiple platforms so you come across authentic and foster conversations
Find what hashtags your consumers are inclined to look for so you can build your following
Choose a bio and bio photo to truly capture your identity
Invest in yourself, own that you are enough, and step into your purpose so you can better invest in others

Boo, I want you to know that your social media is a reflection of you. YOU decide what your style is, what photos you use, what copy you write, who you’re doing this for, and how you engage.

You are in the driver’s seat so let’s take control and make it something you are proud of!
If you'd like to learn more about Ed Mylett, read the show notes for this episode >>HERE!<<

If you enjoyed this episode, can you do me a teeeeeny tiny favor and head on over to your podcast platform to subscribe and leave a review? Your reviews help this show get discovered by more amazing business owners just like you. I'm obsessed with the community of hustlers we are building and I can't grow it without you! xo

Coaching Session | Entering The Speaking World, Branding No-No’s + Mindset Shifts In Business Oct 15, 2019

I often believe that we teach the thing we must learn and what people see is like a broken person trying to help other broken people. So here I am still learning myself and wanting to take you guys along in this wonderful journey!

Let’s dive into another coaching session with three hustlin’ gangsters like yourselves.

If you’ve ever had questions on speaking, branding or mindset shifts, this is the podcast for you! I can’t wait to hear what you take away!

Boo, if you would like monthly business coaching with me, the best way for you to do that is to join Social Curator, my monthly membership site for business owners. It gives you the tools to build your brand on social media, including lifestyle photos, customizable caption templates in a monthly action plan, and the best part, not gonna lie, is the community that keeps everybody accountable. If you are a business owner, you have to get inside this community full of hustlers and dreamers. To learn more about the membership and the coaching within, check it out >>HERE!<<.
If you'd like to read more about our guests, connect with them In the show notes >>HERE!<<

How To Handle Haters As An Entrepreneur Oct 08, 2019

Raise your hand if you’ve ever dealt with the haters out there. My arm is high in the air with you, friend!

In this episode, join me as I tell you a story about when I literally handed my haters an excuse to trash me like an empty bag of Doritos.
Boo, you are destined for something great, beautiful and strong as long as you stand in your purpose and don't let anybody get in the way of that.

If you'd like to view the show notes with all of the links mentioned in this episode, you can read them >>HERE!<<

If you've ever dealt with a hater, I would love to hear how you turned it into a positive, so please leave a comment on Instagram or Facebook and we will talk it out.

To learn about the mindset shifts I have made over the last 12 years in business, you can download them for free >>HERE!<<

The Art of Asking For What You Want with Lewis Howes Oct 08, 2019

Here’s something that might shock you: I’m a TOTAL introvert and my comfort zone is my arch nemesis. Can you relate?

Baby boo, if it doesn’t come natural for you to own who you are and it’s hard for you to ask for what you want, this episode is for YOU!
Talking to Lewis Howes got me thinking about the different ways I need to step into owning my life and asking for what I want, even though that is so uncomfortable for me to even THINK about doing.

In this episode you’re going to learn:

How to define your level of greatness
How to STOP play the comparison game
How to network well
How to allude a magnetic energy - that makes people want to buy into you

We are on this journey together! Join me on Instagram and Facebook and let’s chat about some of your takeaways.
To read the show notes, check them out >>HERE!<< And if you aren’t already, show Lewis some love by following him on Instagram or checking out his podcast, The School of Greatness!

The Secret To Growing On Instagram | Pays To Be Brave Keynote Oct 08, 2019

What if I were to tell you the secret to Instagram is to stop growing? Hold up, put that car in reverse and back it up.

Did I lose you already? Or are you still with me?

You better still be with me, because boo this is going to radically change your world.

Let’s get on the same page here. We think growing our Instagram will solve our monetization struggles. It only makes sense right? More followers equals more money? But my question to you is:

>>Are you converting your followers to customers?<<

Because if you don't know how to create customers on Instagram, getting more followers ISN'T the answer... They are just going to sit there like that pile of laundry from over the weekend you still haven’t gotten to. *Who am I kidding, I don't do the laundry!*

Hit play to hear the rest of this secret Instagram sauce! Don’t forget to subscribe to the Jasmine Star Show. I don’t want you to miss a single episode of all the business-y goodness I have to share with you!

To read the show notes for this episode, click >>HERE!<<

The Story of Jasmine + JD featuring Amy Porterfield Oct 08, 2019

One of my favorite questions I often receive is, "What is it like to work with your husband?" Ya’ll know that he is the true conductor to this party train! I would go off the tracks without him.

I am #blessed with a partner who believes wholeheartedly in me both in our personal and business lives! We dream with each other, push each other, support each other and there’s no one else I’d rather do it with.

So when we decided to dedicate an Episode to our relationship you know I had to bring out the big guns to interview us and who better to do that than THE Amy Porterfield!

I hope you are ready for some straight up vulnerability because you guys are going to hear it all.

How we met & what dating was like
What roles we play in both our personal and work lives
How we set boundaries

If you enjoyed listening to the first three episodes of the Jasmine star show, I'd love to invite you to leave a review on iTunes. As a thank you for leaving a review, I've opened up access to an exclusive Social Curator masterclass with James Wedmore, "How to Raise Your Prices without Losing Customers." Click >>HERE<< once you've left a review to gain access to the class!
To connect with Amy, find her on Instagram or her website. And if you'd like to read the show notes, do so >>HERE!<<

Coaching Session | How To Price Your Services, Increase Membership Retention + Add A New Revenue Stream Oct 08, 2019

Friend, what are your burning business questions? I know you’ve got ‘em!

Are you trying to figure out how to price your services?
Is your product just not hitting right?
Do you have a retention plan for your current customers?
Do you have a product that’s not performing as well as you’d hoped, and you aren’t sure if you should scrap it and start over - or tweak it to make it more irresistible?

In our second episode, join the party as we dive into questions from three business owners just like YOU!

We cover everything from pricing, to membership, and the scarcity mindset we may feel when removing a revenue source from our business that is no longer serving us.

The biggest lesson I want you to take away from this coaching session is to remember that it takes just as much energy to have a negative mindset as it does to live in abundance.

We are on this journey together, boo! If you're struggling with shifting your mindset, I would love to invite you to download my free mindset makeover workbook >>HERE!<<
To read about our three business owners and connect with Connor, Jasmine, and Tom, check out the show notes >>HERE!<<

Why Podcasting Was The LAST Thing I Wanted To Add To My Business Oct 08, 2019

I can’t tell you how many times I second guessed starting a podcast. Have YOU ever had an idea that just sent fear straight down your spine?

In my first ever podcast episode, *wow I still can’t believe I’m saying that!* my mentor James Wedmore challenges me to exchange fear for fun.

I've learned how to give myself permission to have fun as I take on new challenges and learn a new skill. Are you ready to do the same?

Let’s begin to pursue our passions and our purpose together! The future is a blank canvas. I’m willing to start painting, but the real question is:

Will you pick up your paintbrush and paint with me?

I look forward to getting to know you better, so please subscribe, rate and review! I promise to read each and every one. If you'd like to read the show notes, you can do so >>HERE!<<

Our TOPPODCAST Picks

Follow Us

Stay Connected

Related Podcasts

Links

Stay Connected